Copano Energy Finance 424B5 Prospectus supplement for primary offering

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

		Maximum	Maximum	Amount of
Title of Each Class of	Amount to be	Offering Price per	Aggregate Offering	Registration
Securities to be Registered	Registered	Unit	Price	Fee (1)
7.125% Senior Notes due 2021	$360,000,000	100.0%	$360,000,000	$41,796

(1) Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(r) under the Securities Act of 1933.

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)
Registration No. 333-162821

Prospectus supplement
(To prospectus dated November 2, 2009)

Copano Energy, L.L.C.

Copano Energy Finance Corporation

$360,000,000

7.125% Senior Notes due 2021

Interest payable April 1 and October 1.

The notes will mature on April 1, 2021. Interest on the notes will accrue from April 5, 2011 at 7.125% per year, and we will pay interest twice a year, beginning on October 1, 2011.

We may redeem some or all of the notes at any time on or after April 1, 2016 at the redemption prices listed in this prospectus supplement, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, and we may redeem all of the notes at any time prior to April 1, 2016 at the make-whole redemption price specified in this prospectus supplement, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In addition, prior to April 1, 2014, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at the redemption price specified in this prospectus supplement under “Description of notes—Optional redemption.” If we sell certain of our assets or experience specific kinds of changes of control, we must offer to repurchase the notes.

The notes will be the senior unsecured obligations of Copano Energy, L.L.C. and Copano Energy Finance Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of ours that has no material assets and was formed for the sole purpose of being a co-issuer of some of our debt, including the notes. The notes will rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior debt, senior in right of payment to all of our future subordinated debt, effectively junior in right of payment to all of our existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt and structurally junior in right of payment to all liabilities of our future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes. The notes will be guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of our existing wholly owned subsidiaries (other than the co-issuer) and certain of our future subsidiaries.

See “Risk factors” beginning onpage S-13 of this prospectus supplement for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider in connection with an investment in the notes.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

	Per note		Total
Public offering price(1)		100.0%	$	360,000,000
Underwriting discount		2.0%	$	7,200,000
Proceeds to Copano Energy, L.L.C. (before expenses)		98.0%	$	352,800,000

(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from April 5, 2011 if settlement occurs after that date.

The notes will not be listed on any national securities exchange or quoted on any automated quotation system. Currently, there is no public market for the notes.

We expect that delivery of the notes will be made to investors in book-entry form through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company on or about April 5, 2011.

Joint book-running managers

J.P. Morgan

BofA Merrill Lynch

Deutsche Bank Securities

RBC Capital Markets

Wells Fargo Securities

Co-managers

Credit Suisse
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey BBVA Securities
Comerica Securities BNP PARIBAS
US Bancorp

The date of this prospectus supplement is March 22, 2011.

You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of those documents or that any information that we have incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date of the document incorporated by reference. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

We are not making an offer to sell or soliciting offers to buy securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

You should not consider any information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus to be legal, business or tax advice. You should consult your own attorney, business advisor and tax advisor for legal, business and tax advice regarding an investment in our securities.

Table of contents

Prospectus supplement

About this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus	S-ii
Information regarding forward-looking statements	S-iii
Summary	S-1
Risk factors	S-13
Use of proceeds	S-18
Capitalization	S-19
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	S-20
Description of notes	S-21
Book-entry, delivery and form	S-68
Description of other indebtedness	S-72
Certain United States federal income tax considerations	S-76
Certain ERISA considerations	S-81
Underwriting	S-83
Legal matters	S-85
Experts	S-85
Where you can find more information	S-86

Prospectus dated November 2, 2009

About this prospectus	1
Where you can find more information	1
Information regarding forward-looking statements	2
Copano Energy, L.L.C.	3
The subsidiary guarantors	3
Risk factors	4
Use of proceeds	24
Ratios of earnings to fixed charges	24
Description of our common units	25
Description of our debt securities	27
Cash distribution policy	35
Material tax consequences	36
Legal matters	50
Experts	51

S-i

About this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus

This document is in two parts. The first part is the prospectus supplement, which describes our business and the specific terms of this offering of the notes and also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The second part, the accompanying prospectus dated November 2, 2009, gives more general information about securities we may offer from time to time, some of which may not apply to this offering.

We are not making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Before investing in the notes, you should read both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus together with the additional information described under the heading “Where you can find more information.”

In making your investment decision, you should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. To the extent that there is a conflict between the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the information contained in the accompanying prospectus or any earlier-dated document incorporated by reference, you should rely on the information in this prospectus supplement. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any other information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it.

We expect delivery of the notes will be made against payment therefor on or about April 5, 2011, which is the tenth business day following the date of pricing of the notes (such settlement being referred to as “T+10”). UnderRule 15(c)6-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in three business days unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, purchasers who wish to trade the notes on the date of pricing of the notes or during the next succeeding six business days will be required, by virtue of the fact that the notes initially will settle in T+10, to specify an alternate settlement cycle at the time of any such trade to prevent failed settlement and should consult their own advisors.

S-ii

Information regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and the documents we incorporate by reference contain certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Statements included in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and the documents we incorporate by reference that are not historical facts, but that address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate will or may occur in the future, including references to future goals or intentions or other such references, are forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including “may,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue” or similar words. These statements include assertions related to plans for growth of our business, future capital expenditures and competitive strengths and goals. We make these statements based on our past experience and our perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other considerations we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. Whether actual results and developments in the future will conform to our expectations is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Therefore, actual outcomes and results could materially differ from what is expressed, implied or forecasted in these statements. Any differences could be caused by a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

•  the volatility of prices and market demand for natural gas, crude oil and natural gas liquids (“NGLs”), and for products derived from these commodities;

•  our ability to continue to connect new sources of natural gas supply and the NGL content of new supplies;

•  the ability of key producers to continue to drill and successfully complete and attach new natural gas and NGL supplies;

•  our ability to retain key customers and contract with new customers;

•  our ability to access or construct new NGL fractionation and transportation capacity;

•  the availability of local, intrastate and interstate transportation systems and other facilities for natural gas and NGLs;

•  our ability to meet in-service dates and cost expectations for construction projects;

•  our ability to successfully integrate any acquired asset or operations;

•  our ability to access our revolving credit facility and to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms;

•  the effectiveness of our hedging program;

•  general economic conditions;

•  force majeure situations such as the loss of a market or facility downtime;

•  the effects of government regulations and policies; and

•  other financial, operational and legal risks and uncertainties detailed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

S-iii

This prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference include cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to materially differ from our expectations, including in conjunction with the forward-looking statements referred to above. When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and the documents we incorporate by reference. All forward-looking statements included in those documents and all subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, other than as required by law, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

S-iv

Summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. It does not contain all of the information you should consider before making an investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, the documents incorporated by reference and the other documents to which we refer for a more complete understanding of this offering and our business. Please read the section entitled “Risk factors” beginning onpage S-13 of this prospectus supplement and Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 for more information about important risks that you should consider before buying the notes in this offering. Throughout this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, when we use the terms “we,” “us,” “our” or like terms, we are referring either to Copano Energy, L.L.C. or to Copano Energy, L.L.C. and its consolidated subsidiaries collectively, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires.

Copano Energy, L.L.C.

Overview

We are an energy company engaged in the business of providing midstream services to natural gas producers, including natural gas gathering, compression, dehydration, treating, marketing, transportation, processing, conditioning and fractionation services. We were formed in August 2001 as a Delaware limited liability company to acquire entities operating under the Copano name since 1992, and to serve as a holding company for our operating subsidiaries. Through our subsidiaries, we own and operate natural gas gathering and intrastate transmission pipeline assets, natural gas processing and fractionation facilities and NGL pipelines. Our assets are located in Texas, Oklahoma, Wyoming and Louisiana and include approximately 6,400 miles of active natural gas gathering and transmission pipelines and eight natural gas processing plants, with over one Bcf/d of combined processing capacity. In addition to our natural gas pipelines, we operate 260 miles of NGL pipelines.

Our operations

Our natural gas pipelines collect natural gas from wellheads or designated points near producing wells. We treat and process natural gas as needed to remove contaminants and to extract mixed NGLs, and we deliver the resulting residue gas to third-party pipelines, local distribution companies, power generation facilities and industrial consumers. We sell extracted NGLs as a mixture or as fractionated purity products and deliver them through our plant interconnects or NGL pipelines. We process natural gas from our own gathering systems and from third-party pipelines, and in some cases we deliver natural gas and mixed NGLs to third parties who provide us with transportation, processing or fractionation services.

Our operating segments

We manage our business and analyze and report our results of operations on a segment basis. Our operations are divided into three operating segments: Texas, Oklahoma and Rocky Mountains.

S-1

•  Texas. Our Texas segment provides midstream natural gas services in north and south Texas, including gathering and intrastate transmission of natural gas, and related services such as compression, dehydration, treating, conditioning or processing and marketing. Our Texas segment also provides NGL fractionation and transportation through our Houston Central complex and five NGL pipelines, two of which are leased. In addition, our Texas segment includes our Saint Jo processing plant, a treating and processing plant located in Montague County, Texas, and a processing plant located in southwest Louisiana, as well as our 62.5% interest in Webb/Duval Gatherers, 50% interest in Eagle Ford Gathering LLC (“Eagle Ford Gathering”) and 50% interest in Liberty Pipeline Group, LLC (“Liberty Pipeline Group”).

•  Oklahoma. Our Oklahoma segment provides midstream natural gas services in central and east Oklahoma, including gathering of natural gas and related services such as compression, dehydration, treating, processing and nitrogen rejection. This segment includes nine primarily low-pressure gathering systems occupying approximately 53,000 square miles and five processing plants, one of which we own through our majority interest in Southern Dome, LLC (“Southern Dome”).

•  Rocky Mountains. Our Rocky Mountains segment includes our 51% interest in Bighorn Gas Gathering, L.L.C. (“Bighorn”) and our 37.04% interest in Fort Union Gas Gathering, L.L.C. (“Fort Union”) and provides midstream natural gas services in the Powder River Basin of Wyoming, including gathering and treating of natural gas and compressor rental services.

Our business strategy

Our management team is committed to our mission of building a diversified midstream company with scale, stability of cash flows, above-average return on invested capital and providing secure and growing distributions to our unitholders. Key elements of our strategy include:

•  Executing on organic growth opportunities and bolt-on acquisitions. We pursue capital projects and complementary acquisitions that we believe will enhance our ability to increase cash flows from our existing assets by capitalizing on our existing infrastructure, personnel and customer relationships. For example, we are constructing new assets to capitalize on significant activity in the Eagle Ford Shale, near our Houston Central complex in Texas, and in the Woodford Shale, near our Mountains gathering systems in Oklahoma. Where our pipelines and processing plants have excess capacity, we have opportunities to increase throughput volume and cash flow with minimal incremental costs. We seek to increase volumes and utilization of capacity by aggressively marketing our services to producers to connect new supplies of natural gas.

•  Reducing sensitivity to commodity prices. The volatility of natural gas and NGL prices is a key consideration as we enter into new contracts and review opportunities for growth. Our goal is to position ourselves to achieve stable cash flows in a variety of market conditions. Generally, we pursue contracts under which the compensation for our services does not depend on commodity prices. For example, we have focused on replacing commodity-sensitive contracts with fixed-fee contracts in executing our strategy to increase volumes from the Eagle Ford Shale, the north Barnett Shale Combo play and the Woodford Shale. In addition, we pursue opportunities to increase the fee-based component of our contract portfolio through acquisitions or other growth projects. To the extent that our contracts are commodity sensitive, we use derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to commodity price risk. We

S-2

have established a product-specific, option-focused portfolio designed to allow us to meet our debt service, maintenance capital expenditure and similar requirements, along with our distribution objectives, despite fluctuations in commodity prices.

•  Expanding through greenfield opportunities and strategic acquisitions. We pursue significant greenfield projects that leverage our strengths through alignment with producers. We also pursue potential acquisitions in new regions that we believe will enhance the scale and diversity of our assets or otherwise offer cash flow and operational growth opportunities that are attractive to us.

•  Pursuing growth judiciously. We believe that a disciplined approach in selecting new projects will better enable us to choose opportunities that deliver value for our company and our unitholders. In analyzing a particular acquisition, expansion or greenfield project, we consider the operational, financial and strategic benefits of the transaction. Our analysis includes location of the assets or projects, strategic fit in relation to our existing business, expertise and management personnel required, capital required to integrate and maintain the assets involved, and the surrounding competitive environment. From a financial perspective, we analyze the rate of return the assets will generate in comparison to our cost of capital under various commodity price scenarios, comparative market parameters and the anticipated earnings and cash flow capabilities of the assets.

•  Developing and exploiting flexibility in our operations. Flexibility is a fundamental consideration underlying our approach to developing, expanding or acquiring assets. We can modify the operation of our assets to maximize our cash flows. For example, we can operate several of our processing plants in ethane-rejection mode as commodity price environments or operating conditions warrant. In 2010, our focus turned to offering multiple natural gas and NGL market access to our customers. For example, multiple residue markets are available at the tailgate of our Houston Central complex, and we are working to secure alternatives for NGL handling through initiatives such as our 2010 startup and ongoing expansion of the Houston Central fractionator, our Liberty pipeline project and our execution of third-party fractionation or purchase arrangements for NGLs or purity products.

•  Maintaining a strong balance sheet and access to liquidity. We are committed to pursuing growth in a way that allows us to maintain the strength of our balance sheet and a liquidity position that allows us to execute our business strategy in various commodity price environments. For example, we raised $300 million in our private placement of preferred equity with an affiliate of TPG Capital, L.P. (“TPG”) in anticipation of our need to finance capital projects to accommodate volume growth from shale plays in Texas and Oklahoma. We believe that thepaid-in-kind distribution feature of the preferred units allows us the flexibility to maintain a strong balance sheet when organic growth projects are under construction, before they are generating cash flow that is accretive to our unitholders.

•  Maintain an approach to business founded on a culture of integrity, service and creativity. We believe that the dedication of our employees is a critical component of our success. We seek to maintain a company culture that fosters integrity and encourages innovation and teamwork, which we believe will allow us to deliver the superior service needed to win new business and to maintain valued long-term relationships.

S-3

Recent developments

•  Tender offer. Concurrently with the launch of this offering, we commenced a tender offer for any and all of our outstanding 8.125% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “2016 Notes”). The aggregate principal amount outstanding of the 2016 Notes is $332,665,000. In connection with the tender offer, we are also soliciting consents to certain proposed amendments to the indenture governing the 2016 Notes. Our offer to purchase the 2016 Notes is being made on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in an Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated March 22, 2011 and is not being made on the basis of this prospectus supplement.

The tender offer is conditioned upon, among other things, our completion of this offering so that with the net proceeds from this offering we will have sufficient funds, together with other cash on hand, to pay for all tendered 2016 Notes and delivered consents plus all related fees and expenses. However, this offering is not conditioned upon the consummation of the tender offer at any minimum level of acceptance.

If fully subscribed by April 4, 2011, we expect that the tender offer and consent solicitation will result in a charge to our net income of approximately $18.5 million, and that they will cost approximately $347.5 million (including the consent fees), which would be funded with a portion of net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of proceeds.”

There is no assurance that the tender offer will be subscribed for in any amount, and we currently intend to redeem any 2016 Notes that remain outstanding following the tender offer as permitted under the indenture governing the 2016 Notes, although we have no legal obligation to do so and the selection of any particular redemption date, subject to the terms and conditions of the indenture, is in our discretion.

•  DK pipeline expansion and new long-term agreements. On February 9, 2011, we announced plans to extend our recently completed38-mile,24-inch DK pipeline in DeWitt and Karnes Counties, Texas by adding 58 miles of24-inch pipeline through Lavaca and Colorado Counties to directly connect the system into our Houston Central complex. The pipeline extension will increase DK pipeline’s capacity from 225,000 MMBtu per day to 350,000 MMBtu per day and is expected to begin service in January 2012. The DK pipeline expansion project is expected to cost approximately $100 million. We also announced that we have secured additional firm producer volume commitments for aggregate production of up to 120,000 MMBtu/d and additional commitments for production from approximately 135,000 gross acres in the Eagle Ford Shale.

•  Expanded commodity risk management portfolio. On February 2, 2011, we acquired puts for normal butane, isobutane, propane and West Texas Intermediate crude oil for 2012 and 2013 at strike prices reflecting current market conditions. The new hedges were executed with three investment grade counterparties for a net cost of approximately $5.5 million.

•  Expansion of NGL-handling capability. On January 18, 2011, we announced that we had entered into a long-term agreement for storage, fractionation and sale of mixed NGLs extracted at our Houston Central processing plant, and that we had formed Liberty Pipeline Group (a 50/50 joint venture with a subsidiary of Energy Transfer Partners) to construct, own and operate a12-inch NGL pipeline (the “Liberty pipeline”). The Liberty pipeline will extend approximately 83 miles, from our Houston Central complex in Colorado County, Texas, first to an NGL product storage facility in Matagorda County, Texas, and then to Formosa

S-4

Hydrocarbons Company’s petrochemical facility in Calhoun County, Texas. The pipeline will have initial capacity of 75,000 barrels per day, 37,500 of which will be committed to us under a firm throughput agreement. Construction costs for the Liberty pipeline are expected to total approximately $52 million, of which we will contribute $26 million.

Our agreement with Formosa Hydrocarbons Company provides us with up to 37,500 Bbls/d of firm fractionation services beginning in the first quarter of 2013 for a term of 15 years. The agreement also provides that Formosa will purchase substantially all of the resulting NGL products and make product storage, barge dock loading and rail car loading available to us for operational reliability. Following the completion of Liberty pipeline, which is expected by the summer of 2011, and until additional facility improvements at Formosa are complete, we will have access to a minimum of 5,000 barrels per day of existing Formosa fractionation capacity, as well as additional capacity on a “space available” basis.

•  Declaration of distribution. On January 12, 2011, our Board of Directors declared a cash distribution for the three months ended December 31, 2010 of $0.575 per common unit. The distribution, totaling $38.5 million, was paid on February 11, 2011 to all common unitholders of record at the close of business on February 1, 2011.

•  Expansion of Eagle Ford Gathering. On January 6, 2011, we announced plans to expand the scope of our Eagle Ford Gathering joint venture with Kinder Morgan through construction of additional pipeline facilities and a long-term agreement with Formosa for processing and fractionation services. In addition to 111 miles of pipeline currently under construction, which is on schedule to be completed in the third quarter of 2011, Eagle Ford Gathering will build a54-mile,24-inch crossover pipeline between existing Kinder Morgan pipelines, a 5,000 horsepower compressor station and an additional20-mile,20-inch diameter pipeline that will enable the joint venture to deliver gas to Formosa. Kinder Morgan will construct and operate the two additional pipelines, which are expected to be complete by the fourth quarter of 2011. Construction costs for the crossover pipeline are expected to total approximately $100 million, of which we will contribute $50 million.

•  Other approved capital projects for 2011. Our Board of Directors has approved approximately $242 million in expansion capital for projects for the full year of 2011 in addition to those described above. Our major areas of focus for 2011 include projects for Eagle Ford Shale development, including enhancements to our Houston Central complex, additional pipelines serving the north Barnett Shale Combo play, and additional pipeline, treating and processing capacity in Oklahoma.

Principal executive offices and internet address

Our principal executive offices are located at 2727 Allen Parkway, Suite 1200, Houston, Texas 77019. Our telephone number at our principal executive offices is(713) 621-9547. We maintain a website atwww.copanoenergy.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus supplement, and you should rely only on information contained in or incorporated by reference herein and any free writing prospectus filed in connection with this offering when making an investment decision.

Our organizational structure

The following chart depicts our abridged organizational and ownership structure. Copano Energy Finance Corporation, the co-issuer of the notes, is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of

S-5

Copano Energy, L.L.C. and carries on no independent business other than acting as a co-issuer of the notes and our other senior notes.

Structure of Copano Energy, L.L.C.⁽¹⁾

(1)	Based on units outstanding as of December 31, 2010, assuming conversion of all Series A convertible preferred units into common units.
(2)	Reflects outstanding common units over which management has voting and/or dispositive control or in which management has a pecuniary interest.
(3)	On July 21, 2010, we issued 10,327,022 Series A convertible preferred units in a private placement to TPG Copenhagen, L.P., an affiliate of TPG, for gross proceeds of $300 million.
(4)	Our Texas segment includes our 62.5% partnership interest in Webb/Duval Gatherers, our 50% limited liability company interest in Eagle Ford Gathering and our 50% limited liability company interest in Liberty Pipeline Group. None of these entities will guarantee the notes offered hereby.
(5)	Our Oklahoma segment includes our majority limited liability company interest in Southern Dome, which will not guarantee the notes offered hereby.
(6)	Our Rocky Mountains segment includes our 51% limited liability company interest in Bighorn and our 37.04% limited liability company interest in Fort Union. Neither of these entities will guarantee the notes offered hereby.

S-6

The offering

The following summary contains basic information about the notes and is not complete. For a more complete understanding of the notes, please refer to the section entitled “Description of notes” in this prospectus supplement and “Description of our debt securities” in the accompanying prospectus.

Issuers	Copano Energy, L.L.C. and Copano Energy Finance Corporation
Securities	$360,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.125% Senior Notes due 2021. The notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.
Maturity	The notes will mature on April 1, 2021.
Interest	Interest will accrue on the notes from April 5, 2011 until maturity at 7.125% per year.
Interest payment dates	April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning on October 1, 2011.
Use of proceeds	We expect the net proceeds from this offering to be approximately $352.5 million, after deducting estimated fees and expenses payable by us (including underwriting discounts and commissions). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund our pending tender offer and consent solicitation described in “Summary—Recent developments—Tender offer” and to redeem any 2016 Notes not acquired in the tender offer. Assuming that all of our existing 2016 Notes are tendered for repurchase on April 4, 2011, we will use approximately $347.5 million of the net proceeds for such purpose (including payment of consent fees). Any remaining net proceeds will be used to provide additional working capital for general corporate purposes. Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates are holders of our 2016 Notes and, accordingly, may receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering in the tender offer described under “Summary—Recent developments—Tender offer.”
Optional redemption	We may redeem some or all of the notes at any time on or after April 1, 2016 at the redemption prices listed in this prospectus supplement, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, and we may redeem all of the notes at any time prior to April 1, 2016 at a make-whole redemption price described in this prospectus supplement, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In addition, prior to April 1, 2014, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at the redemption price specified in this prospectus supplement, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

S-7

Mandatory offers to repurchase	If we sell certain assets and do not reinvest the proceeds or repay senior indebtedness, or if we experience specific kinds of changes of control, we must offer to repurchase the notes at the prices, in the amounts and subject to the conditions described in the section “Description of notes—Repurchase at the option of holders.”
Subsidiary guarantees	Each of our wholly owned existing subsidiaries, other than Copano Energy Finance Corporation, will guarantee the notes initially and so long as such subsidiary guarantees any other debt of ours or any other subsidiary guarantor. Not all of our future subsidiaries will have to become guarantors. If we cannot make payments on the notes when they are due, the subsidiary guarantors, if any, must make them instead. Please read “Description of notes—Subsidiary guarantees.”
Ranking	The notes will be:
	• our senior unsecured obligations;
	• equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior debt;
	• senior in right of payment to all of our future subordinated debt;
	• effectively junior in right to payment to our existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing the debt, including our obligations in respect of our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement; and
	• structurally junior to all liabilities of our future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.
	Upon the closing of this offering and the application of the net proceeds as indicated in “Use of proceeds,” we anticipate that we and the subsidiary guarantors will have $249.5 million of indebtedness ranking equally in right of payment with the notes offered hereby.
	As of December 31, 2010, on as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and our use of proceeds therefrom, we and our subsidiaries would have had approximately $619.5 million of senior indebtedness outstanding (including the notes), $10.0 million of which would have been secured, with approximately $370 million of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility.
Covenants	We will issue the notes under an indenture with U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The indenture will, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
	• borrow money;
	• pay distributions or dividends on equity or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire equity;
	• make investments;

S-8

	• use assets as collateral in other transactions;
	• engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
	• sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies;
	• engage in transactions with affiliates; and
	• engage in unrelated businesses.
	For more details, please read “Description of notes—Certain covenants.”
Covenant termination	If at any time the notes are rated investment grade by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and no default has occurred and is continuing under the indenture, certain of the foregoing covenants will terminate and will no longer apply to us or our subsidiaries. Please read “Description of notes—Certain covenants—Covenant termination.”
Listing for trading	We do not intend to list the notes for trading on any securities exchange. We can provide no assurance as to the liquidity of, or development of any trading market for, the notes.
Further issuances	We may from time to time create and issue additional notes having the same terms as the notes being issued in this offering, so that such additional notes shall be consolidated and form a single series with the notes.
Form	The notes will be represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, referred to as DTC, or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the notes will be evidenced by, and transfers thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by participants in DTC.
Trustee	U.S. Bank National Association.
Delivery and clearance	We will deposit the global notes representing the notes with the trustee as custodian for DTC. You may hold an interest in the notes through DTC, Clearstream Banking S.A. or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, directly as a participant of any such system or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such systems.
Governing law	The notes offered hereby will be, and the indenture relating to the notes is, governed by New York law.
Risk factors	Investing in the notes involves risks. Please read “Risk factors” beginning onpage S-13 of this prospectus supplement and in the documents incorporated by reference, as well as the other cautionary statements throughout this prospectus supplement, for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in the notes.

S-9

Summary historical financial information

The following tables show our summary historical financial information as of and for the periods indicated. We derived the information in the following tables from, and that information should be read together with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included in our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, which are incorporated herein by reference. The tables should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included in our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, which is incorporated herein by reference.

	For the year ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2010			2009			2008
Statement of Operations:
Revenue:
Natural gas sales	$	381,453		$	316,686		$	747,258
Natural gas liquids sales		490,980			406,662			597,986
Transportation, compression and processing fees		68,398			55,983			59,006
Condensate and other		54,333			40,715			50,169
Total revenue		995,164			820,046			1,454,419
Costs and expenses:
Cost of natural gas and natural gas liquids(1)		745,074			576,448			1,178,304
Transportation(1)		22,701			24,148			21,971
Operations and maintenance		53,487			51,477			53,824
Depreciation, amortization and impairment		62,572			56,975			52,916
General and administrative		40,347			39,511			45,571
Taxes other than income		4,726			3,732			3,019
Equity in loss (earnings) from unconsolidated affiliates		20,480			(4,600	)		(6,889	)
Total costs and expenses		949,387			747,691			1,348,716
Operating income		45,777			72,355			105,703
Other income (expense):
Interest and other income		78			1,202			1,174
Gain on retirement of unsecured debt		–			3,939			15,272
Interest and other financing costs		(53,605	)		(55,836	)		(64,978	)
(Loss) income before income taxes and discontinued operations		(7,750	)		21,660			57,171
Provision for income taxes		(931	)		(794	)		(1,249	)
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(8,681	)		20,866			55,922
Discontinued operations, net of tax(2)		–			2,292			2,291
Net (loss) income		(8,681	)		23,158			58,213
Preferred unit distributions		(15,188	)		–			–
Net (loss) income to common units	$	(23,869	)	$	23,158		$	58,213
Basic net (loss) income per common unit:
(Loss) income per common unit from continuing operations	$	(0.37	)	$	0.39		$	1.15
Income per common unit from discontinued operations		–			0.04			0.05
Net (loss) income per common unit	$	(0.37	)	$	0.43		$	1.20
Weighted average number of common units		63,854			54,395			48,513
Diluted net (loss) income per common unit:
(Loss) income per common unit from continuing operations	$	(0.37	)	$	0.36		$	0.97
Income per common unit from discontinued operations		–			0.04			0.04
Net (loss) income per common unit	$	(0.37	)	$	0.40		$	1.01
Weighted average number of common units Net (loss) income per common unit		63,854			58,038			57,856

S-10

	For the year ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2010			2009			2008
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Total assets	$	1,906,993		$	1,867,412		$	2,013,665
Long term debt (includes $546, $628 and $704 bond premium as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively)		592,736			852,818			821,119
Total members’ capital		1,154,757			860,026			1,037,958
Cash Flow Data:
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	123,598		$	141,318		$	89,924
Net cash used in investing activities		(156,730	)		(70,967	)		(198,855	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		48,370			(89.343	)		99,950
Other Financial Data:
Total segment gross margin(3)(4)	$	227,389		$	219,450		$	254,144
EBITDA(5)		108,427			137,327			177,594
Adjusted EBITDA(5)		161,471			167,326			205,832
Maintenance capital expenditures	$	9,563		$	9,728		$	11,769
Expansion Capital Expenditures		120,941			61,424			169,056
Total Capital Expenditures	$	130,504		$	71,152		$	180,825

(1)	Exclusive of operations and maintenance and depreciation, amortization and impairment shown separately.
(2)	For more information, please see Note 13, “Discontinued Operations,” in our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
(3)	Excludes results attributable to our crude oil pipeline and related assets for the year ended December 31, 2009; which are classified as discontinued operations, as discussed in Note 13, “Discontinued Operations,” in our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
(4)	To measure the overall financial impact of our contract portfolio, we use total segment gross margin, which is the sum of our operating segments’ gross margins and the results of our risk management activities, which are included in corporate and other. Our total segment gross margin is determined primarily by five interrelated variables: (i) the volume of natural gas gathered or transported through our pipelines, (ii) the volume of natural gas processed, conditioned, fractionated or treated at our processing plants or on our behalf at third-party processing plants, (iii) natural gas, oil and NGL prices and the relative price differential between NGLs and natural gas, (iv) our contract portfolio and (v) the results of our risk management activities. The results of our risk management activities consist of (i) net cash settlements paid or received on expired commodity derivative instruments, (ii) amortization expense relating to the option component of our commodity derivative instruments and (iii) unrealizedmark-to-market gain or loss on our commodity derivative instruments that have not been designated as cash flow hedges. Total segment gross margin does not have any standardized definition and therefore is unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other reporting companies. Our use of total gross margin, and the underlying methodology in excluding certain charges, is not necessarily an indication of the results of operations that may be expected in the future, or that we will not, in fact, incur such charges in future periods. The following table reconciles total gross margin to operating income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure:

	For the year ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2010		2009			2008
Reconciliation of total segment gross margin to operating income:
Operating income	$	45,777	$	72,355		$	105,703
Add:
Operations and maintenance expenses		53,487		51,477			53,824
Depreciation and amortization		62,572		56,975			52,916
General and administrative expenses		40,347		39,511			45,571
Taxes other than income		4,726		3,732			3,019
Equity in (earnings) loss from unconsolidated affiliates		20,480		(4,600	)		(6,889	)
Total segment gross margin	$	227,389	$	219,450		$	254,144

(5) We define EBITDA as net income (loss) plus interest and other financing costs, provision for income taxes and depreciation, amortization and impairment expense. Because a portion of our net income (loss) is attributable to equity in earnings (loss) from our equity investees (which include Bighorn, Fort Union, Webb/Duval Gatherers, Eagle Ford Gathering and Southern Dome), our management also calculates adjusted EBITDA to reflect the depreciation, amortization and impairment expense and interest and other financing costs embedded in the equity in earnings (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates. Specifically, our management determines adjusted EBITDA by adding to EBITDA (i) the amortization expense attributable to the difference between our carried investment in each unconsolidated affiliate and the underlying equity in its net assets, (ii) the portion of each unconsolidated affiliate’s depreciation and amortization expense which is proportional to our ownership interest in that unconsolidated affiliate and (iii) the portion of each unconsolidated affiliate’s interest and other financing costs which is proportional to our ownership interest in that unconsolidated affiliate.

S-11

External users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and research analysts use EBITDA or adjusted EBITDA, and our management uses adjusted EBITDA, as a supplemental financial measure to assess:

• the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;

• the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs and support our indebtedness;

• our operating performance and return on capital as compared to those of other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; and

• the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.

EBITDA is also a financial measure that, with certain negotiated adjustments, is reported to our lenders and used to compute financial covenants under our revolving credit facility. Neither EBITDA nor adjusted EBITDA should be considered an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure of liquidity or financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure:

	For the year ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2010			2009		2008
Reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):
Net (loss) income	$	(8,681	)	$	23,158	$	58,213
Add:
Depreciation, amortization and impairment(6)		62,572			57,539		53,154
Interest and other financing costs		53,605			55,836		64,978
Provision for income taxes		931			794		1,249
EBITDA		108,427			137,327		177,594
Add:
Amortization of difference between the carried investment and the underlying equity in net assets of equity investments and impairment		43,126			19,203		19,116
Copano’s share of depreciation and amortization included in equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates		8,466			9,493		5,863
Copano’s share of interest and other financing costs incurred by our equity method investments		1,452			1,303		3,259
Adjusted EBITDA	$	161,471		$	167,326	$	205,832

(6) Includes activity related to the discontinued operations of the crude oil pipeline and related assets discussed in Note 13, “Discontinued Operations,” in our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

S-12

Risk factors

An investment in the notes is subject to a number of risks. You should carefully consider the risk factors included below and those in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement. You should consider the following risk factors in evaluating this investment. If any of these risks materialize into actual events, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Risks related to the notes

We have a holding company structure in which our subsidiaries conduct our operations and own our operating assets.

We are a holding company, and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the limited liability company interests and other equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make required payments on the notes depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and the other entities in which we own interests and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and applicable state and other laws and regulations or, in the case of other entities in which we own an interest, debt that they may incur, which could be governed by agreements restricting their ability to distribute cash to us. If we are unable to obtain the funds necessary to pay the principal amount at maturity of the notes, or to repurchase the notes upon the occurrence of a change of control, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as a refinancing of the notes. We cannot assure you that we would be able to refinance the notes or obtain the funds to pay principal or interest on the notes.

Payment of principal and interest on the notes will be effectively subordinated to our senior secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt and structurally subordinated to the liabilities of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.

The notes are effectively subordinated to claims of our secured creditors, and the subsidiary guarantees are effectively subordinated to the claims of our secured creditors as well as the secured creditors of our subsidiary guarantors. As of March 18, 2011, we and our subsidiary guarantors had $70 million in aggregate principal amount of secured indebtedness outstanding. Holders of our secured obligations, including obligations under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, will have claims that are prior to claims of the holders of the notes with respect to the assets securing those obligations. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, bankruptcy or any similar proceeding, our assets and those of our subsidiaries will be available to pay obligations on the notes and the guarantees only after holders of our senior secured debt have been paid the value of the assets securing such debt. Although all of our wholly owned subsidiaries, other than Copano Energy Finance Corporation, the co-issuer of the notes, will initially guarantee the notes, in the future, under certain circumstances, these guarantees are subject to release, and our less than wholly owned subsidiaries will not be

S-13

guarantors. As a result, the notes will be structurally subordinated to the claims of all creditors, including trade creditors and tort claimants, of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, bankruptcy or similar proceeding of the business of a subsidiary that is not a guarantor, creditors of that subsidiary would generally have the right to be paid in full before any distribution is made to us or the holders of the notes. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient funds remaining to pay amounts due on all or any of the notes.

We require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the notes, on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including outstanding indebtedness pursuant to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

We do not have the same flexibility as other types of organizations to accumulate cash, which may limit cash available to service the notes or to repay them at maturity.

Subject to the limitations on restricted payments contained in the indenture governing the notes and in our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and any other indebtedness, we distribute all of our “available cash” each quarter to our unitholders. “Available cash” is defined in our limited liability company agreement, and it generally means, for each fiscal quarter:

•  all cash on hand at the end of the quarter;

•  plus, all cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter. Our credit agreement does not provide for the type of working capital borrowing that would be eligible, pursuant to our limited liability company agreement, to be considered available cash;

•  less, the amount of cash reserves that our Board of Directors determines in its reasonable discretion is necessary or appropriate to:

•  provide for the proper conduct of our business (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for our future credit needs);

•  comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements or obligations; or

•  provide funds for distributions to our unitholders for any one or more of the next four quarters.

S-14

As a result, we may not accumulate significant amounts of cash. If our Board of Directors fails to establish sufficient reserves, these distributions could significantly reduce the cash available to us in subsequent periods to make payments on the notes.

We may not be able to fund a change of control offer.

In the event of a change of control, we will be required, subject to certain conditions, to offer to purchase all outstanding notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase. The holders of our two outstanding series of senior notes have substantially the same rights. If a change of control were to occur today, we would not have sufficient funds available to purchase all of the outstanding notes were they to be tendered in response to an offer made as a result of a change of control. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient funds available or that we will be permitted by our other debt instruments to fulfill these obligations upon a change of control in the future. Furthermore, certain change of control events would constitute an event of default under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Please read “Description of notes—Repurchase at the option of holders—Change of control.”

In a recent decision, the Chancery Court of Delaware raised the possibility that a change of control put right occurring as a result of a failure to have “continuing directors” comprising a majority of a board of directors may be unenforceable on public policy grounds. Therefore, you may not be entitled to receive this protection under the indenture.

The term “change of control” is limited to certain specified transactions and may not include other events that might adversely affect our financial condition. Our obligation to repurchase the notes upon a change of control would not necessarily afford holders of the notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, merger or similar transaction involving us.

Many of the covenants contained in the indenture will terminate if the notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Moody’s Investors Service and no default has occurred and is continuing.

Many of the covenants in the indenture governing the notes will terminate if the notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and Moody’s Investors Service, provided at such time no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing. The covenants will restrict, among other things, our ability to pay dividends, incur debt and to enter into certain other transactions. There can be no assurance that the notes will ever be rated investment grade. However, termination of these covenants would allow us to engage in certain transactions that would not be permitted while these covenants are in force, and the effects of any such transactions will be permitted to remain in place even if the notes are subsequently downgraded below investment grade. Please read “Description of notes—Certain covenants—Covenant termination.”

The guarantees by certain of our subsidiaries of the notes could be deemed fraudulent conveyances under certain circumstances, and a court may try to subordinate or void these subsidiary guarantees.

Under U.S. bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee can be voided, or claims under a guarantee may be subordinated to all other debts

S-15

of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

•  intended to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditor or received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of the guarantee;

•  was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence;

•  was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

•  intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay those debts as they mature.

In addition, any payment by that guarantor under a guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor. The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a subsidiary guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

•  the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

•  the present saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability, including contingent liabilities, on its existing debts as they become absolute and mature; or

•  it could not pay its debts as they became due.

Your ability to transfer the notes may be limited by the absence of a trading market.

The notes will be new securities for which currently there is no trading market. Although the underwriters have informed us that they currently intend to make a market in the notes, they are not obligated to do so. In addition, they may discontinue any such market making at any time without notice. The liquidity of any market for the notes will depend on the number of holders of the notes, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the notes and other factors. Accordingly, we cannot assure you as to the development or liquidity of any market for the notes. Historically, the market for noninvestment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the notes. We cannot assure you that the market, if any, for the notes will be free from similar disruptions. Any such disruption may adversely affect the noteholders’ ability to transfer the notes.

S-16

Risks related to our structure

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the Internal Revenue Service were to treat us as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation for state purposes, then our cash available for payment of principal and interest on the notes would be substantially reduced.

Despite the fact that we are a limited liability company under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for a publicly traded limited liability company such as ours to be treated as a corporation rather than a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe based upon our current operations that we should be so treated, a change in our business (or a change in current law) could cause us to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

If we were treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would pay U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rates, currently at a maximum rate of 35%, and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates. Because a tax would be imposed on us as a corporation, our cash available for payment of principal and interest on the notes and other debt obligations would be substantially reduced.

Current law may change so as to cause us to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to entity-level taxation. At the federal level, legislation has recently been considered by members of Congress that would have eliminated partnership tax treatment for certain publicly traded limited liability companies. Although it does not appear that the legislation considered would have affected our tax treatment, we are unable to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals, will be reconsidered or will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the amount of cash available for payment on the notes and on our other debt obligations. At the state level, because of widespread state budget deficits and other reasons, several states are evaluating ways to subject limited liability companies to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise and other forms of taxation. For example, we are required to pay an entity-level tax on the portion of our gross income apportioned to Texas. Imposition of such a tax on us by any other state will reduce the cash available for payments on the notes and on our other debt obligations.

S-17

Use of proceeds

We expect the net proceeds from this offering to be approximately $352.2 million, after deducting estimated fees and expenses payable by us (including underwriting discounts and commissions). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund our pending tender offer and consent solicitation described in “Summary—Recent developments—Tender offer” and to redeem any 2016 Notes not acquired in the tender offer. Assuming that all of our existing 2016 Notes are tendered for repurchase on April 4, 2011, we will use approximately $347.5 million of the net proceeds for such purpose (including payment of consent fees). Any remaining net proceeds will be used to provide additional working capital for general corporate purposes.

Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates are holders of our 2016 Notes and, accordingly, may receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering in the tender offer described under “Summary—Recent developments—Tender offer.”

S-18

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and our consolidated capitalization as of December 31, 2010 on:

•  an actual basis; and

•  an as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance of the notes in this offering and the application of the net proceeds of this offering in the manner described under “Use of proceeds.”

This table is derived from, should be read together with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes contained in our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement. Please read “Where you can find more information.”

	As of December 31, 2010
				As adjusted for
	Actual			this offering
	(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	59,930		$	64,771
Long-term debt:
Revolving credit facility(1)	$	10,000		$	10,000
Senior notes:
7.125% senior notes due 2021 offered hereby		–			360,000
8.125% senior notes due 2016(2)		332,665			–
Unamortized bond premium—8.125% senior notes due 2016		546			–
7.75% senior notes due 2018		249,525			249,525
Total senior notes		582,736			609,525
Total long-term debt	$	592,736		$	619,525
Members’ capital
Series A convertible preferred units	$	285,172		$	285,172
Common units		1,161,652			1,161,652
Paid in capital		51,743			51,743
Accumulated deficit(3)		(313,454	)		(331,965	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(30,356	)		(30,356	)
Total members’ capital(3)		1,154,757			1,136,246
Total capitalization	$	1,747,493		$	1,755,771

(1)	At March 18, 2011, approximately $70 million of borrowings were outstanding under our revolving credit facility, with approximately $310 million of available borrowing capacity.
(2)	Assumes that the entire $332,665,000 in aggregate principal amount of the 2016 Notes are tendered and purchased in the tender offer on April 4, 2011 at an aggregate purchase price of $347.5 million, including consent payments and expenses related to the tender offer and consent solicitation but excluding accrued interest of approximately $2.6 million. However, this offering is not conditioned upon the consummation of the tender offer at any minimum level of acceptance. Any remaining net proceeds will be used to provide working capital for general corporate purposes.
(3)	Reflects estimated charges to net income of approximately $18.5 million associated with the tender offer and consent solicitation respecting the 2016 Notes if fully subscribed on April 4, 2011.

S-19

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

The table below sets forth the ratios of earnings to fixed charges for us for the periods indicated.

	Year ended December 31,
	2010			2009			2008			2007			2006
Earnings:
Net income (loss)	$	(8,681	)	$	23,158		$	58,213		$	63,175		$	65,114
Income taxes		931			794			1,249			1,714			–
Equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates		20,480			(4,600	)		(6,889	)		(2,850	)		(1,297	)
Pre-tax income from continuing operations		12,730			19,352			52,573			62,039			63,817
Fixed charges		57,423			60,069			69,339			30,753			34,011
Amortization of capitalized interest		259			427			259			85			38
Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates		25,955			29,684			25,830			4,382			–
Capitalized interest		(3,355	)		(3,362	)		(3,471	)		(932	)		(693	)
Earnings for ratio calculation	$	93,012		$	106,170		$	144,530		$	96,327		$	97,173
Fixed charges:
Interest and other financing costs	$	53,605		$	55,836		$	64,978		$	29,351		$	32,904
Capitalized interest		3,355			3,362			3,471			932			693
Interest portion of operating leases		463			871			890			470			414
Total fixed charges		57,423		$	60,069		$	69,339		$	30,753		$	34,011
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		1.6	x		1.8	x		2.1	x		3.1	x		2.9x

S-20

Description of notes

We will issue the notes under an indenture, as supplemented by a supplemental indenture (collectively, the “Indenture”), among us, the Subsidiary Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the notes include those expressly set forth in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Indenture is unlimited in aggregate principal amount, although the issuance of notes in this offering will be limited to $360.0 million. You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “—Certain definitions.” In this description, the term “Company,” “us,” “our” or “we” refers only to Copano Energy, L.L.C. and not to any of its subsidiaries, the term “Finance Corp.” refers to Copano Energy Finance Corporation and the term “Issuers” refers to the Company and Finance Corp. The term “notes” refers to the Issuers’ notes being offered hereby.

This “Description of notes,” together with the “Description of our debt securities” included in the accompanying base prospectus, is intended to be a useful overview of the material provisions of the notes and the Indenture. Since this “Description of notes” and such “Description of our debt securities” are only summaries, you should refer to the Indenture for a complete description of the obligations of the Company and your rights. This “Description of notes” supersedes the “Description of our debt securities” in the accompanying base prospectus to the extent it is inconsistent with such “Description of our debt securities.”

The registered Holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders will have rights under the Indenture.

Brief description of the notes and the subsidiary guarantees

The notes.

The notes:

•  are general unsecured obligations of the Issuers;

•  are equal in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Debt (as defined below) of either of the Issuers; and

•  are unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors on a seniorunsecuredbasis.

The subsidiary guarantees.

Initially, the notes are guaranteed by all of the Company’s existing Subsidiaries (other than Finance Corp.).

Each guarantee of the notes:

•  is a general unsecured obligation of the Guarantor; and

•  is equal in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Debt of that Guarantor

As of December 31, 2010, on an as adjusted basis as described under “Capitalization,” the Company (excluding its subsidiaries) would have had:

•  total Senior Debt of approximately $609.5 million, consisting of the notes, the 73/4% Senior Notes due 2018 and approximately $10 million of secured Senior Debt outstanding under its senior secured revolving credit facility; and

S-21

•  no Indebtedness contractually subordinated to the notes.

On the same basis, the Guarantors would have had:

•  total Senior Debt of approximately $609.5 million, including their guarantees of the notes, the 73/4% Senior Notes due 2018 and approximately $10 million of secured Senior Debt outstanding under the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility; and

•  no Indebtedness contractually subordinated to their guarantees of the notes.

The Indenture will permit us and the Guarantors to incur additional Indebtedness, including additional Senior Debt.

Initially, all of our existing Subsidiaries (other than Finance Corp.) will guarantee the notes. However, under the circumstances described below under the subheading “—Certain covenants—Additional subsidiary guarantees,” in the future one or more of our newly created or acquired Subsidiaries may not guarantee the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay current outstanding obligations to the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us.

As of the date of the Indenture, all of our Subsidiaries (including Finance Corp.) will be “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under the subheading “—Certain covenants—Designation of restricted and unrestricted subsidiaries,” we will be permitted to designate certain of our Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Our Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture. Our Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes.

We own a 62.5% equity investment in Webb/Duval Gatherers, a majority interest in Southern Dome, LLC., a 51% equity investment in Bighorn Gas Gathering, L.L.C., a 37.04% equity investment in Fort Union Gas Gathering, L.L.C., a 50% equity investment in Eagle Ford Gathering LLC and a 50% equity investment in Liberty Pipeline Group, LLC (collectively, the “Equity Investees”). Although we are the operator, managing partner or managing member in each of these equity investments and, in some cases, own a majority interest in these equity investments, we account for these investments using the equity method of accounting because the minority, non-managing or non-operating partners or members have substantive participating rights with respect to the management of each of these equity investments. None of these unconsolidated affiliates will be classified as our Subsidiary, and therefore none of them will guarantee the notes, so long as we continue to treat them as unconsolidated affiliates for financial accounting purposes.

Principal, maturity and interest

The Issuers will issue notes with an initial maximum aggregate principal amount of $360.0 million. The Issuers may issue additional notes under the Indenture from time to time after this offering. Any offering of additional notes is subject to the covenant described below under the caption “—Certain covenants—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock.” The notes and any additional notes subsequently issued under the Indenture, will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including, without limitation, for waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The Issuers will issue notes in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The notes will mature on April 1, 2021.

S-22

Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 7.125% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1, commencing on October 1, 2011. The Issuers will make each interest payment to the Holders of record on the immediately preceding March 15 and September 15.

Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a360-day year comprised of twelve30-day months.

Methods of receiving payments on the notes

If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Issuers, the Issuers will pay all principal, interest and premium, if any, on that Holder’s notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar within the City and State of New York unless the Issuers elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.

Paying agent and registrar for the notes

The trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar. The Issuers may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the notes, and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of notes. No service charge will be imposed by the Issuers, the trustee or the registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of notes, but Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

Subsidiary guarantees

Initially, all of our existing Subsidiaries, excluding Finance Corp., will guarantee the notes on a senior unsecured basis. In the future, the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company will be required to guarantee the notes under the circumstances described under “—Certain covenants—Additional subsidiary guarantees.” These Subsidiary Guarantees will be joint and several obligations of the Guarantors. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See “Risk factors—Risks related to the notes—The guarantees by certain of our subsidiaries of the notes could be deemed fraudulent conveyances under certain circumstances, and a court may try to subordinate or void these subsidiary guarantees.”

S-23

A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(2) either:

(a) the Person acquiring the properties or assets in any such sale or other disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture substantially in the form specified in the Indenture, under the notes, the Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee on terms set forth therein; or

(b) such sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture.

The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture;

(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture and the Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such sale or other disposition;

(3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

(4) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as described below under the caption “—Legal defeasance and covenant defeasance” or upon satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as described below under the caption “—Satisfaction and discharge”; or

(5) at such time as such Guarantor ceases to guarantee any other Indebtedness of either of the Issuers and any Indebtedness of any other Guarantor, provided that it is then no longer an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility.

See “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset sales.”

Optional redemption

At any time prior to April 1, 2014, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 107.125% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive

S-24

interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company, provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

(2) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

On and after April 1, 2016, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below:

Year	Percentage
2016		103.563%
2017		102.375%
2018		101.188%
2019 and thereafter		100.000%

Prior to April 1, 2016, the Issuers may redeem all or part of the notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of:

(1) the principal amount thereof, plus

(2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus

(3) the Make Whole Premium at the redemption date.

Selection and notice

If less than all of the notes are to be redeemed at any time, the trustee will select notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the notes are listed; or

(2) if the notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis (except that any notes represented by a global note will be redeemed by such method as DTC may require).

No notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part. Notices of optional redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that optional redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional, except that any redemption described in the first

S-25

paragraph under “—Optional redemption” may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to completion of the related Equity Offering.

If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that note will state the portion of the principal amount of that note that is to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original note will be issued in the name of the Holder of notes upon cancellation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Mandatory redemption

Except as set forth below under “—Repurchase at the option of holders,” neither of the Issuers is required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes or to repurchase the notes at the option of the Holders.

Repurchase at the option of holders

Change of control

If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes repurchased, to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Settlement Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder and the trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase notes properly tendered prior to the expiration date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice.

The Company will comply with the requirements ofRule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Promptly following the expiration of the Change of Control Offer, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, and promptly after such acceptance, on the Change of Control Settlement Date, the Company will:

(1) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions of notes properly tendered; and

S-26

(2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of notes being purchased by the Company.

On the Change of Control Settlement Date, the paying agent will mail to each Holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such notes (or, if all the notes are then in global form, make such payment through the facilities of DTC), and the trustee will authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Settlement Date.

The Credit Agreement provides that certain change of control events with respect to the Company would constitute an event of default thereunder, entitling the lenders, among other things, to accelerate the maturity of all Senior Debt outstanding thereunder. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Company or any Guarantor becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. The Indenture will provide that, prior to complying with any of the provisions of this “Change of Control” covenant, but in any event no later than the Change of Control Settlement Date, the Company or any Guarantor must either repay all of its other outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing such Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of notes required by this covenant.

The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture will not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described above under “—Optional redemption,” unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the occurrence of the Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a Holder of notes to require the Company to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

S-27

In the event that Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes accept a Change of Control Offer and the Company (or the third party making the Change of Control Offer as provided above) purchases all of the notes held by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all of the notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest on the notes that remain outstanding, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).

Asset sales

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(2) the fair market value is determined by (a) an executive officer of the Company if the value is less than $15.0 million and evidenced by an officers’ certificate delivered to the trustee, or (b) the Company’s Board of Directors if the value is $15.0 million or more and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the trustee; and

(3) at least 75% of the aggregate consideration received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale and all other Asset Sales since the date of the Indenture is in the form of cash. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(a) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or such Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Subsidiary from further liability; and

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are, within 90 days after the Asset Sale, converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion.

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may apply those Net Proceeds at its option to any combination of the following:

(1) to repay Senior Debt;

(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business;

S-28

(3) to acquire a majority of the Voting Stock of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business;

(4) to make capital expenditures; or

(5) to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

On the 361st day after the Asset Sale (or, at the Company’s option, any earlier date), if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $20.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of notes, and all holders of other Indebtedness that ispari passuwith the notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase on a pro rata basis the maximum principal amount of notes and such otherpari passuIndebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of settlement, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds allocated to the notes, the trustee will select the notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of notes represented by a global note, the trustee will select notes for purchase by such method as DTC may require). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Company will comply with the requirements ofRule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Certain covenants

Restricted payments

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified

S-29

Stock) of the Company or payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, no Default (except a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment and either:

(1) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Trailing Four Quarters”) is not less than 1.75 to 1.0, such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4) and (5) of the next succeeding paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment is made, is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) Available Cash from Operating Surplus with respect to the Company’s preceding fiscal quarter, plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company (including the fair market value of any Permitted Business or long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business to the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)) after the date of the 2006 Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), plus

(c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of the 2006 Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any), plus

(d) the net reduction in Restricted Investments resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets in each case to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person (including, without limitation, Unrestricted Subsidiaries) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such amounts have not been included in Available Cash from Operating

S-30

Surplus for any period commending on or after the date of the 2006 Indenture (items (b), (c) and (d) being referred to as “Incremental Funds”), minus

(e) the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds previously expended pursuant to this clause (1) and clause (2) below; or

(2) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Trailing Four Quarters is less than 1.75 to 1.00, such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4) and (5) of the next succeeding paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment is made (such Restricted Payments for purposes of this clause (2) meaning only distributions on common units of the Company), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) $45.0 million less the aggregate amount of all prior Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (2)(a) since the date of the Indenture, plus

(b) Incremental Funds to the extent not previously expended pursuant to this clause (2) or clause (1) above.

As of December 31, 2010, the amount of Incremental Funds was approximately $1.1 billion. So long as no Default (except a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby (except with respect to clause (1) below under which the payment of a distribution or dividend is permitted), the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of its declaration, if at the date of declaration the payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent (a) contribution (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to the equity capital of the Company or (b) sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), with a sale being deemed substantially concurrent if such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value occurs not more than 120 days after such sale; provided, however, that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value will be excluded (or deducted, if included) from the calculation of Available Cash from Operating Surplus and Incremental Funds;

(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4) the payment of any dividend or distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; or

(5) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any director or employee equity subscription agreement or equity option agreement or other

S-31

employee benefit plan or to satisfy obligations under any Equity Interests appreciation rights or option plan or similar arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $2.0 million in any calendar year, with any portion of such $2.0 million amount that is unused in any calendar year to be carried forward to successive calendar years and added to such amount.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined, in the case of amounts under $15.0 million, by an officer of the Company and, in the case of amounts over $15.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment (excluding any Restricted Payment described in the preceding clause (2), (3), (4) or (5)) the Company will deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this “Restricted Payments” covenant were computed. For purposes of determining compliance with this “Restricted Payments” covenant, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in the preceding clauses (1)-(5), the Company will be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this covenant.

Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock, and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any preferred securities; provided, however, that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue other preferred securities, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or other preferred securities are issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Disqualified Stock or other preferred securities had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”) or the issuance of any preferred securities described in clause (11) below:

(1) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness (including letters of credit) under one or more Credit Facilities, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries

S-32

thereunder) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $800.0 million or (b) $500.0 million plus 20.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

(2) the incurrence by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

(3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the notes issued and sold in this offering and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the date of the Indenture;

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 3.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at such time;

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (2) or (3) of this paragraph or this clause (5);

(6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Guarantor is not the obligee, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the notes, or if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and neither the Company nor another Guarantor is the obligee, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor; and

(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under Hedging Contracts;

(8) the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant;

S-33

(9) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations relating to net gas balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance, surety and similar bonds issued for the account of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees and obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations (in each case other than an obligation for money borrowed);

(11) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any preferred securities; provided, however, that:

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred securities being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred securities to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred securities by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (11);

(12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of liability in respect of the Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Joint Venture but only to the extent that such liability is the result of the Company’s or any such Restricted Subsidiary’s being a general partner of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture and not as guarantor of such Indebtedness and provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (12) and then outstanding does not exceed $50.0 million;

(13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Acquired Debt in connection with a merger or consolidation meeting either one of the financial tests set forth in clause (4) under the caption “—Merger, consolidation or sale of assets;” and

(14) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (14) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $80.0 million or (b) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock” covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (14) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company will be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant. Any Indebtedness under Credit Facilities on the date of the Indenture shall be considered incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant.

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and

S-34

the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant, provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. Further, the accounting reclassification of any obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as Indebtedness will not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

Liens

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness or Attributable Debt upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, is secured on an equal and ratable basis with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

Dividend and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements as in effect on the date of the Indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or the Indebtedness to which they relate, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend, distribution and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of the Indenture;

(2) the Indenture, the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

(3) applicable law;

S-35

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred;

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in Hydrocarbon purchase and sale or exchange agreements or similar operational agreements or in licenses or leases, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

(6) Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11) any agreement or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired after the date of the Indenture, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisitions;

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(13) any instrument governing Indebtedness of an FERC Subsidiary, provided that such Indebtedness was otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred;

(14) the issuance of preferred securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the payment of dividends thereon in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that issuance of such preferred securities is permitted pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock” and the terms of such preferred securities do not expressly restrict the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock (other than requirements to pay dividends or liquidation preferences on such preferred securities prior to paying any dividends or making any other distributions on such other Capital Stock);

(15) with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction contained in the terms of any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was

S-36

incurred if either (a) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant in such Indebtedness or agreement or (b) the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive; and

(16) any other agreement governing Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred by the covenant described under “—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock”; provided, however, that such encumbrances or restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Credit Agreement as it exists on the date of the indenture.

Merger, consolidation or sale of assets

Neither of the Issuers may, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not such Issuer is the survivor); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

(1) either: (a) such Issuer is the survivor; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; provided, however, that Finance Corp. may not consolidate or merge with or into any Person other than a corporation satisfying such requirement so long as the Company is not a corporation;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the notes and the Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

(4) in the case of a transaction involving the Company and not Finance Corp., either

(a) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock;” or

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions on a pro forma basis as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other

S-37

disposition has been made, will be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately before such transactions; and

(5) such Issuer has delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, the Company is permitted to reorganize as any other form of entity in accordance with the following procedures provided that:

(1) the reorganization involves the conversion (by merger, sale, contribution or exchange of assets or otherwise) of the Company into a form of entity other than a limited liability company formed under Delaware law;

(2) the entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

(3) the entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization assumes all the obligations of the Company under the notes and the Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;

(4) immediately after such reorganization no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(5) such reorganization is not materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the notes (for purposes of this clause (5) a reorganization will not be considered materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the notes solely because the successor or survivor of such reorganization (a) is subject to federal or state income taxation as an entity or (b) is considered to be an “includible corporation” of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(b) of the Code or any similar state or local law).

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of a Person.

Transactions with affiliates

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) the Company delivers to the trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of Affiliate Transactions complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction or series of Affiliate Transactions has been

S-38

approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any employment, equity award, equity option or equity appreciation agreement or plan entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(2) transactions between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person;

(4) customary compensation, indemnification and other benefits made available to officers, directors or employees of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, including reimbursement or advancement ofout-of-pocket expenses and provisions of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance;

(5) sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to, or receipt of capital contributions from, Affiliates of the Company;

(6) Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “—Restricted payments;”

(7) transactions effected in accordance with the terms of the Administrative and Operating Services Agreement with Copano/Operations, Inc., effective January 1, 2010, as such agreement is in effect on the date of the Indenture, and any amendment or extension of such agreement so long as such amendment or extension agreement is no less advantageous to the Company in any material respect than the agreement so amended or extended;

(8) the guarantee by ScissorTail of the performance by Southern Dome, LLC of its obligations under the Gas Purchase and Processing Agreement effective as of May 1, 2005 between Southern Dome, LLC and New Dominion, L.L.C., as such agreement is in effect on the date of the Indenture, and any amendment or extension of such agreement so long as such amendment or extension agreement is no less advantageous to the Company in any material respect than the agreement so amended or extended;

(9) transactions effected in accordance with the terms of the operating, limited liability company or partnership agreement, as applicable, of each Equity Investee, or any agreements ancillary thereto, as each such agreement is in effect on the date of the Indenture, and any amendment or extension of such agreement so long as such amendment or extension agreement is no less advantageous to the Company in any material respect than the agreement so amended or extended; and

(10) in the case of contracts for purchasing, selling, gathering, transporting, treating, processing, marketing, distributing, storing or otherwise handling Hydrocarbons, or activities or services reasonably related or ancillary thereto, or other operational contracts, any such contracts are entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms substantially similar to those contained in similar contracts entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and third parties.

S-39

Designation of restricted and unrestricted subsidiaries

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be either an Investment made as of the time of the designation that will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted payments” or represent Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Subsidiary so designated otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock,” calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Additional subsidiary guarantees

If, after the date of the Indenture, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not already a Guarantor guarantees any other Indebtedness of either of the Issuers or any Indebtedness of any Guarantor, or any Domestic Subsidiary, if not then a Guarantor, incurs any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility, then in either case that Subsidiary will become a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture and delivering it to the trustee within 20 Business Days of the date on which it guaranteed or incurred such Indebtedness, as the case may be; provided, however, that the preceding shall not apply to Subsidiaries of the Company that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the Indenture for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the preceding, any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary that was incurred pursuant to this paragraph as a result of its guarantee of any Indebtedness shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released upon the release or discharge of the guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or release by, or as a result of payment under, such guarantee.

Sale and leaseback transactions

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided, however, that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

(1) the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of

S-40

preferred stock” and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens;”

(2) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the trustee, of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

(3) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset sales.”

Business activities

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Finance Corp. may not incur Indebtedness unless (1) the Company is a co-obligor or guarantor of such Indebtedness or (2) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are loaned to the Company, used to acquire outstanding debt securities issued by the Company or used to repay Indebtedness of the Company as permitted under the covenant described about under the caption “—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock.” Finance Corp. may not engage in any business not related directly or indirectly to obtaining money or arranging financing for the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Reports

Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing), and the Company will furnish to the trustee and, upon its prior request, to any of the Holders or Beneficial Owners of notes, within five Business Days of filing, or attempting to file, the same with the Commission:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial and other information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission onForms 10-Q and10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission onForm 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

The availability of the foregoing information or reports on the Commission’s website will be deemed to satisfy the foregoing delivery requirements

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent material, the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

S-41

Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

Covenant termination

If at any time (a) the rating assigned to the notes by both S&P and Moody’s is an Investment Grade Rating and (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset sales” and the following provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “—Certain covenants”:

•  “—Restricted payments,”

•  “—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock,”

•  “—Dividend and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries,”

•  “—Transactions with affiliates,” and

•  “—Business activities.”

However, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will remain subject to the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Change of control,” and the following provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption“—Certain covenants”:

•  “—Liens,”

•  “—Merger, consolidation or sale of assets” (other than the financial test set forth in clause (4) of such covenant),”

•  “—Designation of restricted and unrestricted subsidiaries,”

•  “—Additional subsidiary guarantees,”

•  “—Sale and leaseback transactions” (other than the financial tests set forth in clauses (l)(a) and (3) of such covenant),

•  “—Reports,” and

•  the covenant respecting payments for consent described below in the last paragraph under the caption “—Amendment, supplement and waiver.”

Events of default and remedies

Each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the notes;

(2) default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes;

(3) failure bythe Company to comply with the provisions described under the captions “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset sales,” “—Repurchase at the option ofholders—Change of control” or “—Certain covenants—Merger, consolidation or sale of assets;”

S-42

(4) failure by the Company for 90 days after notice to comply with the provisions described under “—Certain covenants—Reports;”

(5) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture;

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, if that default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; provided, however, that if any such Payment Default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 60 days from the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(7) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(8) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(9) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in the Indenture with respect to Finance Corp., the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company.

In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, with respect to Finance Corp., the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, all outstanding notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

Holders of the notes may not enforce the Indenture or the notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then

S-43

outstanding notes may direct the trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The trustee may withhold notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default from Holders of the notes if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the notes.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding by notice to the trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the notes.

The Issuers are required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture. Upon any officer of the Company or Finance Corp. becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Issuers are required to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No personal liability of directors, officers, employees and unitholders

No director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the notes, the Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Legal defeasance and covenant defeasance

The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have all of their obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Subsidiary Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”), except for:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, and interest or premium, if any, on such notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events) described under “—Events of default and remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes. If the Issuers exercise either their Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations

S-44

under its Subsidiary Guarantee and any security for the notes (other than the trust) will be released.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding notes on the date of fixed maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the notes are being defeased to the date of fixed maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that:

(a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) the Issuers must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders of notes over the other creditors of the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and

(7) the Issuers must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

S-45

Amendment, supplement and waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture or the notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes).

Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption or repurchase of the notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the option of holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any note payable in currency other than that stated in the notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the notes (other than as permitted in clause (7) below);

(7) waive a redemption or repurchase payment with respect to any note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the option of holders”);

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; or

(9) make any change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any Holder of notes, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the notes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s obligations to Holders of notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of such Issuer’s properties or assets;

S-46

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, provided that any change to conform the Indenture to this prospectus supplement will not be deemed to adversely affect such legal rights;

(5) to securethe notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to the requirements of the covenant described above under the subheading “—Certain covenants—Liens;”

(6) to provide for the issuance of additional notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture;

(7) to add any additional Guarantor or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case as provided in the Indenture;

(8) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; or

(9) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture of a successor trustee.

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Beneficial Owner or Holder of any notes for or as an inducement to any consent to any waiver, supplement or amendment of any terms or provisions of the Indenture or the notes, unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Beneficial Owners and Holders of the notes which so consent in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent.

Satisfaction and discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes issued thereunder (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the notes and as otherwise specified in the Indenture), when:

(1) either:

(a) all notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuers, have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all notes that have not been delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise and the Issuers or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the notes not delivered to the trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of fixed maturity or redemption;

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting

S-47

from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(3) the Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(4) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at fixed maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuers must deliver an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel to the trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Concerning the trustee

If the trustee becomes a creditor of an Issuer or any Guarantor, the Indenture limits its right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the Trust Indenture Act) after a Default has occurred and is continuing, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign. The trustee also serves as trustee under the indentures governing our 81/8% Senior Notes due 2016 and our 73/4% Senior Notes due 2018.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of notes, unless such Holder has offered to the trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing law

The Indenture, the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Additional information

Anyone who receives this prospectus supplement may obtain a copy of the Indenture without charge by writing to Copano Energy, L.L.C., 2727 Allen Parkway, Suite 1200, Houston, Texas 77019, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.

Certain definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

S-48

“Acquired Debt”means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness which is extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or becoming a Subsidiary or such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

“Affiliate”of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control by the other Person; and further, that any third Person which also beneficially owns 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a specified Person shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of either the specified Person or the other Person merely because of such common ownership in such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

“Asset Sale”means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any properties or assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback transaction); provided, however, that the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Change of control”and/or the provisions described above under the caption “—Certain covenants—Merger, consolidation or sale of assets” and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves properties or assets having a fair market value of less than $10.0 million;

(2) a transfer of assets between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) the sale, lease or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other properties or assets in the ordinary course of business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents, Hedging Contracts or other financial instruments in the ordinary course of business;

S-49

(6) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain covenants—Restricted payments” or a Permitted Investment;

(7) any trade or exchange by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of properties or assets for properties or assets owned or held by another Person, provided that the fair market value of the properties or assets traded or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (together with any cash) is reasonably equivalent to the fair market value of the properties or assets (together with any cash) to be received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and provided further that any cash received must be applied in accordance with the provisions described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset sales;”

(8) the creation or perfection of a Lien that is not prohibited by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain covenants—Liens;”

(9) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(10) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(11) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks, registrations therefor and other similar intellectual property.

“Attributable Debt”in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. As used in the preceding sentence, the “net rental payments” under any lease for any such period shall mean the sum of rental and other payments required to be paid with respect to such period by the lessee thereunder, excluding any amounts required to be paid by such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges. In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon payment of penalty, such net rental payment shall also include the amount of such penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated.

“Available Cash”has the meaning assigned to such term in the LLC Agreement, as in effect on the date of the Indenture.

“Beneficial Owner”has the meaning assigned to such term inRule 13d-3 andRule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings.

“Board of Directors”means:

(1) with respect to Finance Corp., the board of directors of the corporation;

S-50

(2) with respect to the Company, the board of directors of the Company or any authorized committee thereof; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Board Resolution”means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the trustee.

“Business Day”means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in Houston, Texas or in New York, New York or another place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

“Capital Lease Obligation”means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Stock‘’means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Cash Equivalents”means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and

S-51

(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

“Change of Control”means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets (including Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), which occurrence is followed by a Rating Decline within 90 days of the consummation of such transaction;

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, units or the like, which occurrence is followed by a Rating Decline within 90 days thereof; or

(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors, which occurrence is followed by a Rating Decline within 90 days thereof.

Notwithstanding the preceding, a conversion of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from a limited liability company, corporation, limited partnership or other form of entity to a limited liability company, corporation, limited partnership or other form of entity or an exchange of all of the outstanding Equity Interests in one form of entity for Equity Interests for another form of entity shall not constitute a Change of Control, so long as following such conversion or exchange the “persons” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) who Beneficially Owned the Capital Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transactions continue to Beneficially Own in the aggregate more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity, or continue to Beneficially Own sufficient Equity Interests in such entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar capacity for such entity, and, in either case no “person” Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity.

“Code”means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Commission”or“SEC”means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Consolidated Cash Flow”means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:

(1) an amount equal to any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

S-52

(3) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Contracts, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), impairment and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation and amortization, impairment and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(5) unrealized non-cash losses resulting from foreign currency balance sheet adjustments required by GAAP to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(6) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of gain or loss, or revenue or expense; minus

(7) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Income”means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, provided that:

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included, but only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, partners or members;

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

(4) unrealized losses and gains under derivative instruments included in the determination of Consolidated Net Income, including, without limitation those resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 815 will be excluded; and

S-53

(5) any nonrecurring charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, write off of deferred finance costs or other charges in connection with redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity will be excluded.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets”means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of total assets included in such Person’s most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP less applicable reserves reflected in such balance sheet, after deducting the following amounts: (a) all current liabilities reflected in such balance sheet, and (b) all goodwill, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discounts and expenses and other like intangibles reflected in such balance sheet.

“Continuing Directors”means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

“Credit Agreement”means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2007, among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer, and the other lenders party thereto, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

“Credit Facilities”means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or secured capital markets financings, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or institutional investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or secured capital markets financings, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including refinancing with any capital markets transaction) in whole or in part from time to time.

“Default”means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Disqualified Stock”means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain covenants—Restricted payments.”

S-54

“Domestic Subsidiary”means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

“Equity Interests”means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering”means any public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) made for cash on a primary basis by the Company after the date of the Indenture, provided that at any time on or after Change of Control, any sale of Capital Stock to an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed an Equity Offering.

“Existing Indebtedness”means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is considered incurred under the first paragraph under the covenant entitled “Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock” and other than intercompany Indebtedness) in existence on the date of the Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

“FERC Subsidiary”means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (or any successor thereof).

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”means with respect to any specified Person for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the applicable four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of such period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers, consolidations or otherwise (including acquisitions of assets used in a Permitted Business), and including in each case any related financing transactions (including repayment of Indebtedness) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period, including any Consolidated Cash Flow and any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur, in the reasonable judgment of the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company (regardless of whether those cost savings or operating improvements could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance withRegulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission related thereto);

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

S-55

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; and

(4) interest income reasonably anticipated by such Person to be received during the applicable four-quarter period from cash or Cash Equivalents held by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, which cash or Cash Equivalents exist on the Calculation Date or will exist as a result of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, will be included.

“Fixed Charges”means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Contracts; plus

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

(3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

(4) all dividends on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or any series of preferred securities of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the payor (other than Disqualified Stock) or to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

“Foreign Subsidiary”means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that (a) is not a Domestic Subsidiary and (b) has 50% or more of its consolidated assets located outside the United States or any territory thereof.

“GAAP”means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect on the date of the Indenture.

The term“guarantee”means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. When used as a verb,“guarantee”has a correlative meaning.

S-56

“Guarantors”means each of:

(1) the Subsidiaries of the Company, other than Finance Corp., executing the Indenture as initial Guarantors; and

(2) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that becomes a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

and their respective successors and assigns.

“Hedging Contracts”means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements entered into with one or more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred and not for purposes of speculation;

(2) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements entered into with one of more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchanges rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred;

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of Hydrocarbons used, produced, processed or sold by that Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time; and

(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates,

and in each case are entered into only in the normal course of business and not for speculative purposes.

“Holder”means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

“Hydrocarbons”means crude oil, natural gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products refined or processed therefrom.

“Indebtedness”means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or

(6) representing any obligations under Hedging Contracts,

S-57

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and obligations under Hedging Contracts) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Indebtedness” excludes any obligation arising from any agreement providing for indemnities, purchase price adjustments, holdbacks, contingency payment obligations based on the performance of the acquired or disposed assets or similar obligations (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) incurred by the specified Person in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(2) in the case of obligations under any Hedging Contracts, the termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligations that would be payable by such Person at such date; and

(3) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

“Investment Grade Rating”means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P.

“Investments”means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding (1) commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business and (2) advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain covenants—Restricted payments.” The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment made by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person on the date of any such acquisition in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain covenants—Restricted payments.”

“Joint Venture”means any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes any Investment.

S-58

“Lien”means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction other than a precautionary financing statement respecting a lease not intended as a security agreement.

“LLC Agreement”means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Copano Energy, L.L.C., dated as of July 20, 2010, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated July 21, 2010, as in effect on the date of the Indenture and as such may be further amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

“Make Whole Premium”means, with respect to a note at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such time of (i) the redemption price of such note at April 1, 2016 plus (ii) any required interest payments due on such note through April 1, 2016 (except for currently accrued and unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a360-day year consisting of twelve30-day months), over (b) the principal amount of such note.

“Moody’s”means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“Net Income”means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person; and

(2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).

“Net Proceeds”means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of:

(1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale,

(2) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements,

(3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the properties or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, and

(4) any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries until such time as such reserve is reversed or

S-59

such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be.

“Non-Recourse Debt”means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) is the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the Capital Stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except as contemplated by clause (9) of the definition of Permitted Liens.

For purposes of determining compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock” above, in the event that any Non-Recourse Debt of any of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

“Obligations”means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereto.

“Operating Surplus”has the meaning assigned to such term in the LLC Agreement, as in effect on the date of the Indenture.

“Permitted Business”means either (1) gathering, transporting, treating, processing, marketing, distributing, storing or otherwise handling Hydrocarbons, or activities or services reasonably related or ancillary thereto including entering into Hedging Contracts to support these businesses, or (2) any other business that generates gross income that constitutes “qualifying income” under Section 7704(d) of the Code.

“Permitted Business Investments”means Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company or in any Joint Venture, provided that:

(1) either (a) at the time of such Investment and immediately thereafter, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock” above or (b) such Investment does not exceed the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds (as defined in the covenant described under

S-60

“—Certain covenants—Restricted payments”) not previously expended at the time of making such Investment;

(2) if such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture has outstanding Indebtedness at the time of such Investment, either (a) all such Indebtedness is Non-Recourse Debt or (b) any such Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture that is recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture for which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may be directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, obligated to pay, whether pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness, by law or pursuant to any guarantee, including, without limitation, any “claw- back,” “make-well” or “keep-well” arrangement) could, at the time such Investment is made, be incurred at that time by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock;” and

(3) such Unrestricted Subsidiary’s or Joint Venture’s activities are not outside the scope of the Permitted Business.

“Permitted Investments”means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from:

(a) an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Asset sales;” or

(b) pursuant to clause (7) of the items deemed not to be Asset Sales under the definition of “Asset Sale;”

(5) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(6) any Investments received in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer, or as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) Hedging Contracts;

(8) Permitted Business Investments; and

S-61

(9) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $80.0 million or 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

“Permitted Liens”means:

(1) Liens securing any Indebtedness under any of the Credit Facilities;

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition;

(5) any interest or title of a lessor to the property subject to a Capital Lease Obligation;

(6) Liens on any property or asset acquired, constructed or improved by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a “Purchase Money Lien”), which (a) are in favor of the seller of such property or assets, in favor of the Person developing, constructing, repairing or improving such asset or property, or in favor of the Person that provided the funding for the acquisition, development, construction, repair or improvement cost, as the case may be, of such asset or property, (b) are created within 360 days after the acquisition, development, construction, repair or improvement, (c) secure the purchase price or development, construction, repair or improvement cost, as the case may be, of such asset or property in an amount up to 100% of the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company if such fair market value is $15.0 million or more) of such acquisition, construction or improvement of such asset or property, and (d) are limited to the asset or property so acquired, constructed or improved (including the proceeds thereof, accessions thereto and upgrades thereof);

(7) Liens existing on the date of the Indenture other than Liens securing the Credit Facilities;

(8) Liens to secure the performance of tenders, bids, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, government contracts, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(9) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture;

(10) Liens on pipelines or pipeline facilities that arise by operation of law;

(11) Liens arising under operating agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, oil and gas leases, farmout agreements, division orders, contracts for sale,

S-62

transportation or exchange of crude oil and natural gas, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements and other agreements arising in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are customary in the Permitted Business;

(12) Liens upon specific items of inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or receivables securitizations issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds and permitted by the covenant “—Certain covenants—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock;”

(13) Liens securing Obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be;

(14) Liens securing any Indebtedness equally and ratably with all Obligations due under the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a contractual covenant that limits Liens in a manner substantially similar to the covenant described above under “—Certain covenants—Liens;”

(15) Liens to secure performance of Hedging Contracts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(16) Liens incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness then outstanding and secured by any Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (16) does not exceed the greater of $60.0 million or 3.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; and

(17) any Lien renewing, extending, refinancing or refunding a Lien permitted by clauses (1) through (15) above, provided that (a) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not increased (except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection therewith) and (b) no assets encumbered by any such Lien other than the assets permitted to be encumbered immediately prior to such renewal, extension, refinance or refund are encumbered thereby.

After termination of the covenants referred to in the first paragraph of “—Certain covenants—Covenant termination”, for purposes of complying with the “Liens” covenant, the Liens described in clauses (1) and (16) of this definition of “Permitted Liens” will be Permitted Liens only to the extent those Liens secure Indebtedness not exceeding, at the time of determination, 10% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company. Once effective, this 10% limitation on Permitted Liens will continue to apply during any later period in which the notes do not have an Investment Grade Rating by both rating agencies.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness”means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness), provided that:

(1) the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,

S-63

defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

(4) such Indebtedness is not incurred (other than by way of a guarantee) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if the Company is the issuer or other primary obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

Notwithstanding the preceding, any Indebtedness incurred under Credit Facilities pursuant to the covenant “Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock” shall be subject only to the refinancing provision in the definition of Credit Facilities and not pursuant to the requirements set forth in the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

“Person”means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

“Rating Category” means:

(1) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and

(2) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories).

“Rating Decline” means a decrease in the rating of the notes by either Moody’s or S&P by one or more gradations (including gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories). In determining whether the rating of the notes has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within Rating Categories, namely + or—for S&P, and 1, 2, and 3 for Moody’s, will be taken into account; for example, in the case of S&P, a rating decline either from BB+ to BB or BB- to B+ will constitute a decrease of one gradation.

“Reporting Default”means a Default described in clause (4) under “—Events of default and remedies.”

“Restricted Investment”means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary”of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything in the Indenture to the contrary, Finance Corp. shall be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

“S&P”refers to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

S-64

“Senior Debt”means

(1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding under Credit Facilities and all obligations under Hedging Contracts with respect thereto;

(2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include:

(a) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or

(b) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

For the avoidance of doubt, “Senior Debt” will not include any trade payables or taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“Significant Subsidiary”means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1,Rule 1-02 ofRegulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of the Indenture.

“Stated Maturity”means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subsidiary”means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (whether general or limited) or limited liability company (a) the sole general partner or memberof which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (b) if there is more than a single general partner or member, either (x) the only managing general partners or managing members of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof) or (y) such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding general partner interests, member interests or other Voting Stock of such partnership or limited liability company, respectively, plus in the case of both subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (b) it consolidates the financial results of such partnership or limited liability company with its own financial results in accordance with GAAP.

“Subsidiary Guarantee”means any guarantee by a Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Indenture and on the notes.

S-65

“Treasury Rate”means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2016; provided, however, that if such period is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Company shall obtain the Treasury Rate by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. The Company will (a) calculate the Treasury Rate on the second Business Day preceding the applicable redemption date and (b) prior to such redemption date file with the trustee an officers’ certificate setting forth the Make Whole Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail.

“2006 Indenture”means the Indenture, dated as of February 7, 2006, relating to the 81/8% Senior Notes due 2016 of the Issuers, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary”means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than Finance Corp.) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(1) except to the extent permitted by subclause (2)(b) of the definition of “Permitted Business Investments,” has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt owing to any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain covenants—Restricted payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described

S-66

under the caption “—Certain covenants—Incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock,” the Company will be in default of such covenant.

All Subsidiaries of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall also be Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

“Voting Stock”of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity”means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

S-67

Book-entry, delivery and form

The notes initially will be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Global notes”). Upon issuance, the Global notes will be:

•  deposited with the Trustee as custodian for DTC, in New York, New York, and

•  registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a Direct or Indirect Participant as described below.

Transfers of beneficial interests in any Global notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream”), which may change from time to time. The Global notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee in limited circumstances. Beneficial interests in the Global notes may be exchanged for notes in certificated form only in limited circumstances. Please read the caption “—Transfers of interests in global notes for certificated notes.”

Depositary procedures

DTC has advised us that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “Direct Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between Direct Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the Direct Participants. The Direct Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other organizations, including Euroclear and Clearstream. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities that clear through or maintain a direct or indirect, custodial relationship with a Direct Participant (collectively, the “Indirect Participants”).

DTC has advised us that, pursuant to DTC’s procedures, (i) upon deposit of the Global notes, DTC will credit the accounts of the Direct Participants designated by the underwriters with portions of the principal amount of the Global notes that have been allocated to them by the underwriters, and (ii) DTC will maintain records of the ownership interests of such Direct Participants in the Global notes and the transfer of ownership interests by and between Direct Participants. DTC will not maintain records of the ownership interests of, or the transfer of ownership interests by and between, Indirect Participants or other owners of beneficial interests in the Global notes. Direct Participants and Indirect Participants must maintain their own records of the ownership interests of, and the transfer of ownership interests by and between, Indirect Participants and other owners of beneficial interests in the Global notes.

Investors in the Global notes may hold their interests therein directly through DTC if they are Direct Participants in DTC or indirectly through organizations that are Direct Participants in DTC, including Euroclear or Clearstream. Euroclear Bank N.V./S.A. will act initially as depository for Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A. will act initially as depository for Clearstream (each a “Nominee” of Euroclear and Clearstream, respectively). Therefore, they will each be recorded on DTC’s records as the holders of all ownership interests held by them on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream, respectively. Euroclear and Clearstream must maintain on their own records the ownership interests, and transfers of ownership interests by and between, their own customers’ securities accounts. DTC will not maintain such records. All ownership interests in any Global

S-68

notes, including those of customers’ securities accounts held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC.

The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive, certificated form, of securities that they own. This may limit or curtail the ability to transfer a beneficial interest in a Global note to such persons. Because DTC can act only on behalf of Direct Participants, which in turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants and others, the ability of a person having a beneficial interest in a Global note to pledge such interest to persons or entities that are not Direct Participants in DTC, or to otherwise take actions in respect of such interest, may be affected by the lack of physical certificates evidencing such interest.

Except as described under the caption “—Transfers of interests in global notes for certificated notes,” owners of beneficial interests in the Global notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or holders thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.

Under the terms of the Indenture, the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee will treat the persons in whose names the notes are registered (including notes represented by Global notes) as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on Global notes registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable by the Trustee to DTC or its nominee as the registered holder under the Indenture. Consequently, none of the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for (i) any aspect of DTC’s records or any Direct Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any Direct Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in any Global note or (ii) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its Direct Participants or Indirect Participants.

DTC has advised the Issuers that its current payment practice (for payments of principal, interest and the like) with respect to securities such as the notes is to credit the accounts of the relevant Direct Participants with such payment on the payment date in amounts proportionate to such Direct Participant’s respective ownership interests in the Global notes as shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of the notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices between them and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee, the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors. None of the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or its Direct Participants or Indirect Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee as the registered owner of the notes for all purposes.

The Global notes will trade in DTC’sSame-day Funds Settlement System and, therefore, transfers between Direct Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in immediately available funds. Transfers between Indirect Participants (other than Indirect Participants who hold an interest in the notes through Euroclear or Clearstream) who hold an interest through a Direct Participant will be effected in accordance with the procedures of such Direct Participant but generally will settle in immediately available funds. Transfers between and among Indirect Participants who hold interests in the notes through

S-69

Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

Cross-market transfers between Direct Participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Indirect Participants who hold interests in the notes through Euroclear or Clearstream, on the other hand, will be effected by Euroclear’s or Clearstream’s respective Nominee through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream; however, delivery of instructions relating to cross-market transactions must be made directly to Euroclear or Clearstream and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such systems. Indirect Participants who hold interests in the notes through Euroclear and Clearstream may not deliver instructions directly to Euroclear’s and Clearstream’s Nominees. Euroclear and Clearstream will, if the transaction meets their settlement requirements, deliver instructions to their respective Nominee to deliver or receive interests on Euroclear’s or Clearstream’s behalf in the relevant Global note in DTC, and make or receive payment in accordance with normal procedures forsame-day fund settlement applicable to DTC.

Because of time zone differences, the securities accounts of an Indirect Participant who holds an interest in the notes through Euroclear or Clearstream purchasing an interest in a Global note from a Direct Participant in DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported, to Euroclear or Clearstream during the European business day immediately following the settlement date of DTC in New York. Although recorded in DTC’s accounting records as of DTC’s settlement date in New York, Euroclear and Clearstream customers will not have access to the cash amount credited to their accounts as a result of a sale of an interest in a Global note to a DTC Participant until the European business day for Euroclear and Clearstream immediately following DTC’s settlement date.

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more Direct Participants to whose account interests in the Global notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to which such Direct Participant or Direct Participants has or have given direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange Global notes (without the direction of one or more of its Direct Participants) for legended notes in certificated form, and to distribute such certificated forms of notes to its Direct Participants. Please read the caption “—Transfers of interests in global notes for certificated notes.”

Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global notes among Direct Participants, including Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee shall have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream or their respective Direct and Indirect Participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing any of their operations.

The information in this section concerning DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream and their book-entry systems has been obtained from sources that the Issuers believe to be reliable, but the Issuers take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

Transfers of interests in global notes for certificated notes

An entire Global note may be exchanged for definitive notes in registered, certificated form without interest coupons (“Certificated notes”) if (i) DTC (x) notifies the Issuers that it is

S-70

unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global notes or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Issuers thereupon fail to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days, or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default and DTC notifies the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Global note for Certificated notes. In any such case, upon surrender by the Direct and Indirect Participants of their interests in such Global note, Certificated notes will be issued to each person that such Direct and Indirect Participants and DTC identify to the Trustee as being the beneficial owner of the related notes.

Certificated notes delivered in exchange for any beneficial interest in any Global note will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by DTC on behalf of such Direct or Indirect Participants (in accordance with DTC’s customary procedures).

None of the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the holder of any Global note or DTC in identifying the beneficial owners of notes, and the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the holder of the Global note or DTC for all purposes.

S-71

Description of other indebtedness

Credit agreement

Our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, provides for a senior secured revolving credit facility of up to $550 million (the “revolving credit facility”). As of December 31, 2010, we had $10 million in outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility matures on October 18, 2012 and, as of December 31, 2010, includes 28 lenders with commitments ranging from $1 million to $60 million, with the largest commitment representing 10.9% of the total commitments. Future borrowings under the revolving credit facility are available for acquisitions, capital expenditures, working capital and general corporate purposes, and the facility may be drawn on and repaid without restriction so long as we are in compliance with its terms, including the financial covenants described below. The revolving credit facility provides for up to $50 million in standby letters of credit. As of December 31, 2010, we had no letters of credit outstanding.

Our obligations under the revolving credit facility are secured by first priority liens on substantially all of our assets and the assets of our wholly owned subsidiaries (except for equity interests in Fort Union and certain equity interests acquired with the Cimmarron acquisition), all of which are party to the revolving credit facility as guarantors. Our less than wholly owned subsidiaries have not pledged their assets to secure the revolving credit facility or guaranteed our obligations under the revolving credit facility.

Annual interest under the revolving credit facility is determined, at our election, by reference to (i) the British Bankers Association LIBOR rate (“LIBOR”), plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.25% to 2.50% or (ii) the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or the prime rate plus, in either case, an applicable margin ranging from 0.25% to 1.50%. Interest is payable quarterly for prime rate loans and at the applicable maturity date for LIBOR loans, except that if the interest period for a LIBOR loan is six months, interest will be paid at the end of each three-month period. The effective average interest rate on borrowings under the revolving credit facility for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was 8.9%, 4.8% and 6.5%, respectively, and the quarterly commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility for those periods, respectively, was 0.25%, 0.25% and 0.25%. Interest and other financing costs related to the revolving credit facility totaled approximately $5.7 million, $8.3 million and $11.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Costs incurred in connection with the establishment of the revolving credit facility are being amortized over the term of the revolving credit facility and, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the unamortized portion of debt issue costs totaled approximately $4.6 million and $6.0 million, respectively.

The revolving credit facility contains various covenants that, subject to exceptions, limit our and subsidiary guarantors’ ability to grant liens; make loans and investments; make distributions other than from available cash (as defined in our limited liability company agreement); merge or consolidate with or into a third party; or engage in certain asset dispositions, including a sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Additionally, the revolving credit facility limits our and our subsidiary guarantors’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, subject to exceptions, including (i) purchase money indebtedness and indebtedness related to capital or synthetic leases, (ii) unsecured indebtedness qualifying as subordinated debt and (iii) certain privately placed or public term unsecured indebtedness.

S-72

The revolving credit facility contains financial covenants that require us and our subsidiary guarantors, on a consolidated basis, to maintain specified ratios as follows:

•  a minimum EBITDA to interest expense ratio (using four quarters’ EBITDA as defined under the revolving credit facility) of 2.5 to 1.0; and

•  a maximum total debt to EBITDA ratio of 5.0 to 1.0 (with no future reductions) with the option to increase the total debt to EBITDA ratio to not more than 5.5 to 1.0 for a period of up to nine months following an acquisition or a series of acquisitions totaling $50 million in a12-month period (subject to an increased applicable interest rate margin and commitment fee rate).

EBITDA for the purposes of the revolving credit facility is our EBITDA with certain negotiated adjustments. At December 31, 2010, our ratio of EBITDA to interest expense was 3.75x, and our ratio of total debt to EBITDA was 3.03x. At December 31, 2010, based on our current four quarters’ EBITDA, as defined under the revolving credit facility, we could borrow an additional $400 million before reaching our maximum total debt to EBITDA ratio of 5.0 to 1.0. If we failed to comply with the financial or other covenants under our revolving credit facility or experienced a material adverse effect on our operations, business, properties, liabilities or financial or other condition, we would be unable to borrow under our revolving credit facility, and could be in default after specified notice and cure periods.

Our revolving credit facility also contains customary events of default, including the following:

•  failure to pay any principal when due or, within specified grace periods, any interest, fees or other amounts;

•  failure to perform or otherwise comply with the covenants in the credit agreement or other loan documents, subject to certain grace periods in some cases;

•  default on the payment of any other indebtedness in excess of $5 million, or in the performance of any obligation or condition with respect to such indebtedness, beyond the applicable grace period if the effect of the default is to permit or cause the acceleration of the indebtedness;

•  bankruptcy or insolvency events involving us or our subsidiaries;

•  our inability to demonstrate compliance with financial covenants within a specified period after Bighorn or Fort Union is prohibited from making a distribution to its members;

•  the entry of, and failure to pay, one or more adverse judgments in excess of $5 million upon which enforcement proceedings are brought or are not stayed pending appeal; and

•  a change of control (as defined in the revolving credit facility).

If an event of default exists under the revolving credit facility, our lenders could terminate their commitments to lend to us and accelerate the maturity of our outstanding obligations under the revolving credit facility.

We are in compliance with the financial covenants under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2010.

S-73

Senior notes

We and our subsidiary, Copano Energy Finance Corporation, have outstanding $332,665,000 aggregate principal amount of our 2016 Notes and $249,525,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “2018 Notes” and, together with the 2016 Notes, the “existing senior notes”). Concurrently with the launch of this offering, we commenced a tender offer for any and all of our 2016 Notes. Please read “Summary—Recent developments—Tender offer.”

The existing senior notes represent our senior unsecured obligations and rank pari passu in right of payment with all our other present and future senior indebtedness. Our existing senior notes are effectively subordinated to all of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing the indebtedness and to all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities, including trade payables, of our non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and other liabilities owed to us, if any). The existing senior notes rank senior in right of payment to all of our future subordinated indebtedness.

Our existing senior notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by all of our wholly owned subsidiaries (other than Copano Energy Finance Corporation, the co-issuer of the existing senior notes). The subsidiary guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior indebtedness of our subsidiary guarantors, including their guarantees of our other senior indebtedness. The subsidiary guarantees are effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future secured indebtedness of our subsidiary guarantors (including under our revolving credit facility) to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness, and to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of any non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and other liabilities owed to our guarantor subsidiaries). The subsidiary guarantees rank senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of our subsidiary guarantors.

Our existing senior notes are redeemable, in whole or in part and at our option, at stated redemption prices plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. If we undergo a change in control, we must give the holders of our existing senior notes an opportunity to sell us their notes at 101% of the face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to date.

The indentures governing our existing senior notes include customary covenants that limit our and our subsidiary guarantors’ abilities to, among other things:

•  sell assets;

•  pay distributions on, redeem or repurchase our units, or redeem or repurchase our subordinated debt;

•  make investments;

•  incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred units;

•  create or incur liens;

•  enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to us;

•  consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets;

•  engage in transactions with affiliates;

S-74

•  create unrestricted subsidiaries; and

•  enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

In addition, the indentures governing our existing senior notes restrict our ability to pay cash distributions. Before we can pay a distribution to our unitholders, we must demonstrate that our ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges (as defined in the indentures for the existing senior notes) is at least 1.75x. At December 31, 2010, our ratio of EBITDA to fixed charges was 3.5x, which is in compliance with this incurrence covenant under the indentures governing our existing senior notes.

These covenants are subject to customary exceptions and qualifications. Additionally, if the existing senior notes achieve an investment grade rating from each of Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, many of these covenants will terminate. If the pending consent solicitation respecting our 2016 Notes is successful, these covenants will also terminate in relation to the 2016 Notes.

We are in compliance with the financial covenants under the existing senior notes as of December 31, 2010.

S-75

Certain United States federal income tax considerations

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the notes. This discussion is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial authority and administrative interpretations, as of the date of this document, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or are subject to different interpretations. We cannot assure you that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this discussion, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding or disposing of the notes.

In this discussion, we do not purport to address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular holder in light of the holder’s circumstances, or to certain categories of investors that may be subject to special rules, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, U.S. persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, U.S. expatriates or persons who hold the notes as part of a hedge, conversion transaction, straddle or other risk reduction transaction. This discussion is limited to holders who purchase the notes in this offering at their “issue price” (the first price at which a substantial amount of the notes is sold other than to bond houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers) and who hold the notes as capital assets (generally, property held for investment). This discussion also does not address the tax considerations arising under U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or the laws of any foreign, state, local or other jurisdiction or any income tax treaty.

Investors considering the purchase of notes are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes under U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction or under any applicable income tax treaty.

Tax consequences to U.S. holders

You are a “U.S. holder” for purposes of this discussion if you are a beneficial owner of a note and you are for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•  an individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien;

•  a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that was created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

•  a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

S-76

If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds notes, the tax treatment of a partner of the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership acquiring the notes, you are urged to consult your own tax advisor about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the notes.

Certain additional payments

In certain circumstances (please read “Description of notes—Optional redemption” and “—Repurchase at the option of holders—Change of control”), we may elect or be obligated to pay amounts on the notes that are in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes. We do not intend to treat the possibility of paying such additional amounts as affecting the determination of the yield to maturity of the notes or giving rise to ordinary income upon redemption, sale, or exchange of the notes. However, additional income will be recognized if any such additional payment is made. It is possible, however, that the IRS may take a different position, in which case the timing, character and amount of income may be different.

Interest on the notes

Interest on the notes generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income at the time it is received or accrued in accordance with your regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Disposition of the notes

You will generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note. This gain or loss will equal the difference between your adjusted tax basis in the note and the proceeds you receive, excluding any proceeds attributable to accrued but unpaid interest which will be recognized as ordinary interest income to the extent you have not previously included the accrued interest in income. The proceeds you receive will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for the note. Your adjusted tax basis in the note will generally equal the amount you paid for the note. The gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if you held the note for more than one year at the time of the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other disposition. Long-term capital gains of individuals, estates and trusts currently are subject to a reduced rate of U.S. federal income tax. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Information reporting generally will apply to payments of interest on, or the proceeds of the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other disposition of, notes held by you, and backup withholding will apply unless you provide the appropriate intermediary with a taxpayer identification number, certified under penalties of perjury, as well as certain other information or otherwise establish an exemption from backup withholding. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules is allowable as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and a refund may be obtained if the amounts withheld exceed your actual U.S. federal income tax liability and you provide the required information or appropriate claim form to the IRS.

S-77

New legislation relating to net investment income

For tax years beginning after December 31, 2012, newly enacted legislation is scheduled to impose a 3.8% tax on the “net investment income” of certain U.S. citizens and resident aliens, and on the undistributed “net investment income” of certain estates and trusts. Among other items, “net investment income” generally includes gross income from interest and net gain from the disposition of property such as the notes, less certain deductions.

Prospective holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of the new legislation described above.

Tax consequences tonon-U.S. holders

You are a“non-U.S. holder” for purposes of this discussion if you are a beneficial owner of a note that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder.

Interest on the notes

Payments of interest on the notes generally will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax under the “portfolio interest” exemption if you properly certify as to your foreign status as described below, and:

•  you do not own, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, 10% or more of our capital or profits interests;

•  you are not a bank whose receipt of interest on the notes is in connection with an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

•  you are not a “controlled foreign corporation” that is related to us (actually or constructively); and

•  interest on the notes is not effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The portfolio interest exemption and several of the special rules fornon-U.S. holders described below generally apply only if you appropriately certify as to your foreign status. You can generally meet this certification requirement by providing a properly executed IRSForm W-8BEN or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If you hold the notes through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you may be required to provide appropriate certifications to the agent. Your agent will then generally be required to provide appropriate certifications to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Special rules apply to foreign partnerships, estates and trusts, and in certain circumstances certifications as to the foreign status of partners, trust owners or beneficiaries may have to be provided to us or our paying agent. In addition, special rules apply to qualified intermediaries that enter into withholding agreements with the IRS.

If you cannot satisfy the requirements described above, payments of interest made to you will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, unless you provide us or our paying agent with a properly executed IRSForm W-8BEN (or successor form) claiming an exemption from (or a reduction of) withholding under the benefits of an income tax treaty, or the payments of interest are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States and you meet the certification requirements described below. Please read “—Income or gain effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.”

S-78

Disposition of the notes

You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note unless:

•  the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by you of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty so requires, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States); or

•  you are an individual who has been present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met.

If you are anon-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, you generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as described below (please read “—Income or gain effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business”). If you are anon-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above, you generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.

Income or gain effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business

If any interest on the notes or gain from the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of the notes is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by you, then the interest income or gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular graduated income tax rates in generally the same manner as a U.S. holder unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Effectively connected interest income will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if certain certification requirements are satisfied. You can generally meet the certification requirements by providing a properly executed IRSForm W-8ECI (or IRSForm W-8BEN claiming a treaty exemption) or appropriate substitute form to us, or our paying agent. If you are a corporation, that portion of your earnings and profits that is effectively connected with your U.S. trade or business also may be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, although an applicable income tax treaty may provide for a lower rate.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments to you of interest on a note, and amounts withheld from such payments, if any, generally will be required to be reported to the IRS and to you. Copies of these information returns may also be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which you reside under the provisions of a specific treaty agreement.

U.S. backup withholding tax generally will not apply to payments of interest on a note to anon-U.S. holder if the statement described in “—Interest on the notes” is duly provided by the holder or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person as defined under the Code.

Payment of the proceeds of a disposition (including a redemption or retirement) of a note effected by the U.S. office of a U.S. or foreign broker will be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding unless you properly certify under penalties of perjury as to your foreign status and certain other conditions are met or you otherwise establish an exemption. Information reporting requirements and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds of the disposition of a note effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a broker. However, unless such a broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are anon-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are met, or you otherwise establish an exemption, information reporting will apply to a payment of the

S-79

proceeds of the disposition of a note effected outside the United States by such a broker if it has certain relationships with the United States.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and a refund may be obtained if the amounts withheld exceed your actual U.S. federal income tax liability and you timely provide the required information or appropriate claim form to the IRS.

The preceding discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only and is not tax advice. We urge each prospective investor to consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our notes, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

S-80

Certain ERISA considerations

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of the notes by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any federal, state, local,non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts and arrangements (each, a “Plan”).

General fiduciary matters

ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.

In considering an investment in the notes of a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciary’s duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

Prohibited transaction issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

The acquisitionand/or holding of notes by an ERISA Plan with respect to which the Issuers, the underwriters, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee or any of their respective affiliates is considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISAand/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the United States Department of Labor (the “DOL”) has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions, or “PTCEs,” that may apply to the acquisition and holding of the notes. These class exemptions include, without limitation,PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers,PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts,PTCE 91-38 respecting bank collective investment funds,PTCE 95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts andPTCE 96-23 respecting transactions determined by in-house asset

S-81

managers, although there can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied. Because of the foregoing, the notes should not be purchased or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or violation of any applicable Similar Laws.

Representation

Accordingly, by its acceptance of a note, each purchaser and subsequent transferee of a note (or any interest therein) will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire and hold the notes (or any interest therein) constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the purchase and holding of the notes (or any interest therein) by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or violation under any applicable Similar Laws.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in nonexempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing the notes on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase and holding of the notes.

S-82

Underwriting

Subject to the terms and conditions in the underwriting agreement between us and the underwriters named below, for whom J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is acting as representative, we have agreed to sell to each underwriter, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us, the principal amount of notes that appears opposite its name in the table below.

Underwriter	Principal amount
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC	$	90,000,000
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated		50,400,000
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.		50,400,000
RBC Capital Markets, LLC		50,400,000
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC		50,400,000
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC		18,000,000
BBVA Securities Inc.		10,800,000
BNP Paribas Securities Corp.		10,800,000
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.		10,800,000
Comerica Securities, Inc.		9,000,000
U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.		9,000,000
Total	$	360,000,000

The obligations of the underwriters under the underwriting agreement, including their agreement to purchase notes from us, are several and not joint. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all the notes if any of them are purchased.

The underwriters initially propose to offer the notes to the public at the public offering price that appears on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer the notes to selected dealers at the public offering price minus a concession of up to 0.0375% of the principal amount. In addition, the underwriters may allow, and those selected dealers may reallow, a concession of up to 0.025% of the principal amount to certain other dealers. After the initial offering, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may change the public offering price and any other selling terms. The underwriters may offer and sell notes through certain of their affiliates.

In the underwriting agreement, we have agreed that:

•  We will not offer or sell any of our debt securities (other than the notes) for a period of 60 days after the date of this prospectus supplement without the prior consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

•  We will pay our expenses related to the offering, which we estimate will be $600,000.

•  We will indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The notes are a new issue of securities, and there is currently no established trading market for the notes. We do not intend to apply for the notes to be listed on any securities exchange or to arrange for the notes to be quoted on any quotation system. The underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market in the notes, but they are not obligated to do so. The underwriters may discontinue any market making in the notes at any time at their sole discretion. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market will develop for the

S-83

notes, that you will be able to sell your notes at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

In connection with the offering of the notes, the underwriters may engage in overallotment, stabilizing transactions and syndicate covering transactions. Overallotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a short position for the underwriters. Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase the notes in the open market for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the notes. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the notes in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions. Stabilizing transactions and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the notes or cause the price of the notes to be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of those transactions. If the underwriters engage in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

We expect delivery of the notes will be made against payment therefor on or about April 5, 2011, which is the tenth business day following the date of pricing of the notes (such settlement being referred to as “T+10”). UnderRule 15(c)6-1 of the Exchange Act, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in three business days unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, purchasers who wish to trade the notes on the date of pricing of the notes or during the next succeeding six business days will be required, by virtue of the fact that the notes initially will settle in T+10, to specify an alternate settlement cycle at the time of any such trade to prevent failed settlement and should consult their own advisors.

Conflicts of interest

The underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expense reimbursement. Specifically, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC has been engaged to act as Dealer Manager and Solicitation Agent in connection with the tender offer for the 2016 Notes and the related consent solicitation described in “Summary—Recent developments—Tender offer.” We have agreed to reimburse the Dealer Manager and Solicitation Agent for its reasonableout-of-pocket expenses. We have also agreed to indemnify the Dealer Manager and Solicitation Agent and each of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates against certain liabilities under U.S. federal or state law or otherwise caused by, relating to or arising out of the tender offer for the 2016 Notes and related consent solicitation. In addition, affiliates of each of the underwriters are lenders under our revolving credit facility. An affiliate of U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. is the trustee under the indentures governing our senior notes and the notes. Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates are holders of our 2016 Notes and, accordingly, may receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering in the tender offer.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securitiesand/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendationsand/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, longand/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

S-84

Legal matters

Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the notes being offered and certain tax matters relating to the notes will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the notes being offered will be passed upon for the underwriters by Baker Botts L.L.P., Houston, Texas.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of Copano Energy, L.L.C. incorporated in this prospectus supplement by reference from the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the effectiveness of Copano Energy, L.L.C.’s internal control over financial reporting have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Bighorn Gas Gathering, L.L.C. and Fort Union Gas Gathering, L.L.C. incorporated in this prospectus by reference from Copano Energy, L.L.C.’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors’, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

S-85

Where you can find more information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information that we file electronically with the SEC.

We also make available free of charge on our website, atwww.copanoenergy.com, all materials that we file electronically with the SEC, including our annual report onForm 10-K, quarterly reports onForm 10-Q, current reports onForm 8-K, Section 16 reports and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information on our website, other than the documents listed below, is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement.

We “incorporate by reference” information into this prospectus supplement, which means that we disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus supplement, except to the extent it is updated and superseded by information contained in this prospectus supplement. The information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update and supersede information in this prospectus supplement. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus supplement is current as of any date other than the date on the front page of this prospectus supplement.

We incorporate by reference the documents listed below, excluding any information furnished pursuant to Item 2.02 or 7.01 in any Current Report onForm 8-K (or corresponding information furnished under Item 9.01 or included as an exhibit):

•  Our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010; and

•  Our Current Reports onForm 8-K filed on January 13, 2011 and February 23, 2011.

All documents that we subsequently file pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and that are deemed “filed” prior to the termination of this offering, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement.

You may obtain any of the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement from the SEC through the SEC’s website at the address provided above. We will provide you a copy of any or all of the information that has been incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement (including exhibits to those documents specifically incorporated by reference in this document), at no cost, upon your written or oral request to us at the following address or telephone number:

Copano Energy, L.L.C.
Investor Relations
2727 Allen Parkway, Suite 1200
Houston, Texas 77019
(713) 621-9547

This prospectus supplement relates to our effective registration statement onForm S-3 (RegistrationNo. 333-162821) filed with the SEC. This prospectus supplement does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. Statements about the contents of contracts or other documents contained in this prospectus supplement or in any other filing to which we refer you are not necessarily complete. You should review the actual copy of these documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement or such other filing. You may obtain a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed with it from the SEC or us at any of the locations listed above.

S-86

PROSPECTUS

COPANO ENERGY, L.L.C.

COPANO ENERGY FINANCE CORPORATION

Common Units

Debt Securities

We may offer, from time to time, the following securities in one or more transactions, classes or series and in amounts, at prices and on terms to be determined by market conditions at the time of our offerings:

•  common units representing limited liability company interests in Copano Energy, L.L.C.; and

•  debt securities, which may be secured or unsecured senior debt securities or secured or unsecured subordinated debt securities.

Copano Energy Finance Corporation may act as co-issuer of the debt securities. If a series of debt securities is guaranteed, such series will be guaranteed by all of Copano Energy, L.L.C.’s wholly owned subsidiaries other than “minor” subsidiaries (except Copano Energy Finance Corporation) as such term is interpreted in securities regulations governing financial reporting for guarantors.

We may offer and sell these securities to or through one or more underwriters, dealers and agents, or directly to purchasers, on a continuous or delayed basis. This prospectus describes the general terms of these securities and the general manner in which we will offer the securities. Each time we sell securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of securities unless accompanied by a prospectus supplement.

You should carefully read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement before you invest. You should also read the documents we have referred you to in the “Where You Can Find More Information” section of this prospectus for information on us and our financial statements.

Our common units are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CPNO.” We will provide information in the prospectus supplement for the trading market, if any, for any debt securities we may offer.

Investing in our securities involves risks. In addition to risks related to our business, limited liability companies are inherently different from corporations. You should carefully consider the risk factors described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 of this prospectus and in the applicable prospectus supplement before you make an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is November 2, 2009.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

About This Prospectus	1
Where You Can Find More Information	1
Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements	2
Copano Energy, L.L.C.	3
The Subsidiary Guarantors	3
Risk Factors	4
Use of Proceeds	24
Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges	24
Description of Our Common Units	25
Description of Our Debt Securities	27
Cash Distribution Policy	35
Material Tax Consequences	36
Legal Matters	50
Experts	51

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC” or “Commission.” In making your investment decision, you should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any other information. If you receive any unauthorized information, you must not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement, as well as the information that we have previously filed with the SEC that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus or any prospectus supplement, is accurate as of any date other than the date of such document. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement onForm S-3 that we and Copano Energy Finance Corporation have filed with the SEC using a “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, we may from time to time offer and sell the securities described in this prospectus in one or more offerings. This prospectus describes the general terms of these securities and the general manner in which we will offer the securities. Each time we offer securities, we will provide you with this prospectus and a prospectus supplement that will describe, among other things, the specific amounts and prices of the securities being offered and the terms of the offering.

The prospectus supplement may include additional risk factors or other special considerations applicable to those securities and may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. If there is any inconsistency between the information in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, you should rely on the information in that prospectus supplement.

Additional information, including our financial statements and the notes thereto, is incorporated in this prospectus by reference to our reports filed with the SEC. Please read “Where You Can Find More Information.” You are urged to carefully read this prospectus, including the “Risk Factors,” and any attached prospectus supplement relating to the securities offered to you, together with the additional information described under “Where You Can Find More Information,” before investing in our common units or debt securities.

Throughout this prospectus, when we use the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” or like terms, we are referring either to Copano Energy, L.L.C. or to Copano Energy, L.L.C. and its consolidated subsidiaries collectively, unless the context requires otherwise.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information that we file electronically with the SEC.

We also make available free of charge on our website, athttp://www.copanoenergy.com, all materials that we file electronically with the SEC, including our annual report onForm 10-K, quarterly reports onForm 10-Q, current reports onForm 8-K, Section 16 reports and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

We “incorporate by reference” information into this prospectus, which means that we disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus, except to the extent it is updated and superseded by information contained in this prospectus. The information we file later with the SEC will automatically update and supersede information in this prospectus. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is current as of any date other than the date on the front page of this prospectus.

We incorporate by reference the documents listed below (excluding any information furnished pursuant to Item 2.02, 7.01 or 9.01 on any Current Report onForm 8-K):

•  Our Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, including information specifically incorporated by reference into ourForm 10-K from our Proxy Statement prepared in connection with the 2009 Annual Meeting of Unitholders held on March 14, 2009;

•  Our Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009;

•  Our Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009;

•  Our Current Report onForm 8-K filed on October 15, 2009;

1

•  Our Current Report onForm 8-K/A filed on September 15, 2009;

•  Our Current Report onForm 8-K filed on August 27, 2009;

•  Our Current Report onForm 8-K filed on August 21, 2009;

•  Our Current Report onForm 8-K filed on August 17, 2009;

•  Our Current Report onForm 8-K filed on July 16, 2009;

•  Our Current Report onForm 8-K filed on May 18, 2009;

•  Our Current Report onForm 8-K filed on April 16, 2009;

•  Our Current Report onForm 8-K filed on February 24, 2009;

•  Our Current Report onForm 8-K filed on January 15, 2009; and

•  The description of our common units contained in our Registration Statement onForm 8-A (FileNo. 000-51009) filed with the SEC on November 1, 2004 and any subsequent amendments or reports filed for the purpose of updating such description.

All documents that we file pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and that are deemed “filed,” prior to the termination of all offerings under this shelf registration statement are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

You may obtain any of the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus from the SEC through the SEC’s web site at the address provided above. We will provide you a copy of any or all of the information that has been incorporated by reference in this prospectus (including exhibits to those documents specifically incorporated by reference in this document), at no cost, upon your written or oral request to us at the following address or telephone number:

Copano Energy, L.L.C.
Investor Relations
2727 Allen Parkway, Suite 1200
Houston, Texas 77019
(713) 621-9547

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain matters discussed in this prospectus and the documents we incorporate by reference include “forward-looking” statements. Statements that are not historical facts and instead address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate will or may occur in the future, including things such as references to future goals or intentions, are forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as “may,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” or “continue,” or similar words, and include statements related to plans for growth of the business, future capital expenditures and competitive strengths and goals. We make these statements based on our past experience and our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other considerations we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. Whether actual results and developments in the future will conform to our expectations is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Therefore, actual outcomes and results could differ materially from what is expressed, implied or forecast in forward-looking statements. Any differences could result from a number of factors, including:

•  our ability to successfully integrate any acquired assets or operations;

•  the volatility of prices and market demand for natural gas and natural gas liquids (“NGLs”);

•  our ability to continue to obtain new sources of natural gas supply;

•  our ability to access NGL fractionation capacity;

2

•  the ability of key producers to continue to drill and successfully complete and attach new natural gas supplies;

•  our ability to retain key customers;

•  the availability of local, intrastate and interstate transportation systems and other facilities for natural gas and NGLs;

•  our ability to access our revolving credit facility and to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms;

•  the effectiveness of our hedging program;

•  general economic conditions;

•  the effects of government regulations and policies; and

•  other financial, operational and legal risks and uncertainties detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC.

This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference include cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations, including in conjunction with forward-looking statements described above. When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplement and the documents we incorporate by reference. All forward-looking statements included in those documents and all subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. Such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, other than as required by law.

COPANO ENERGY, L.L.C.

We are an energy company engaged in the business of providing midstream services to natural gas producers, including natural gas gathering, compression, dehydration, treating, marketing, transportation, processing, conditioning and fractionation services. Our assets are located in Oklahoma, Texas, Wyoming and Louisiana and include approximately 6,200 miles of active natural gas gathering and transmission pipelines and seven natural gas processing plants, with over one billion cubic feet per day of combined processing capacity. In addition to our natural gas pipelines, we operate 200 miles of NGL pipelines.

Our operations are conducted through, and our operating assets are owned by, our subsidiaries. Copano Energy Finance Corporation, our wholly owned subsidiary, has no material assets or any liabilities other than as a co-issuer of our debt securities. Its activities are limited to co-issuing our debt securities and activities incidental to its role as a co-issuer.

Our principal executive offices are located at 2727 Allen Parkway, Suite 1200, Houston, Texas 77019. Our telephone number at our principal executive offices is(713) 621-9547.

For additional information about our business, properties and financial condition, please read “Where You Can Find More Information.”

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

Certain of our subsidiaries, which we refer to as the “subsidiary guarantors” in this prospectus, may fully and unconditionally guarantee our payment obligations under any series of debt securities offered using this prospectus. Financial information concerning our subsidiary guarantors and any non-guarantor subsidiaries will, to the extent required by SEC rules and regulations, be included in our consolidated financial statements filed as part of our periodic reports pursuant to the Exchange Act.

3

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement and the information that we have incorporated herein by reference in evaluating an investment in Copano Energy, L.L.C. If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. When we offer and sell any securities pursuant to a prospectus supplement, we may include additional risk factors relevant to such securities in the prospectus supplement.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may not have sufficient cash after establishment of cash reserves to pay cash distributions at the current level.

We may not have sufficient available cash each quarter to pay distributions at the current level. Under the terms of our limited liability company agreement, we must set aside any cash reserve amounts before making a distribution to our unitholders. The amount of cash we can distribute principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:

•  the amount of natural gas gathered and transported on our pipelines;

•  the amount and NGL content of the natural gas we process;

•  the fees we charge and the margins we realize for our services;

•  the prices of natural gas, NGLs and crude oil;

•  the relationship between natural gas and NGL prices;

•  the level of our operating costs and the impact of inflation on those costs; and

•  the weather in our operating areas.

In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

•  the level of capital expenditures we make and the profitability of those projects;

•  our ability to access capital markets and borrow money;

•  the cost of acquisitions, if any;

•  the effectiveness of our hedging program and the creditworthiness of our hedging counterparties;

•  our debt service requirements;

•  fluctuations in our working capital needs;

•  restrictions on distributions imposed by our revolving credit facility and the indentures governing our senior unsecured notes;

•  any restrictions on distributions by entities in which we own interests;

•  the amount of cash reserves established by our Board of Directors for the proper conduct of our business; and

•  prevailing economic conditions.

If we decrease distributions, the market price for our units may be adversely affected.

A decrease in our cash flow will reduce the amount of cash we have available for distribution to our unitholders.

The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash flow, including cash flow from financial reserves, and is not solely a function of profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items.

4

As a result, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record losses and may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

To the extent that we make acquisitions in the future and our acquisitions do not perform as expected, our future financial performance may be negatively impacted.

Our business strategy includes making acquisitions that we anticipate would increase the cash available for distribution to our unitholders. As a result, from time to time, we evaluate and pursue assets and businesses that we believe complement our existing operations or expand our operations into new regions where our growth strategy can be applied. We cannot assure you that we will be able to complete acquisitions in the future or achieve the desired results from any acquisitions we do complete. In addition, failure to successfully assimilate our acquisitions could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our acquisitions potentially involve numerous risks, including:

•  operating a significantly larger combined organization and adding operations;

•  difficulties in the assimilation of the assets and operations of the acquired businesses, especially if the assets acquired are in a new business segment or geographic area;

•  the risk that natural gas reserves expected to support the acquired assets may not be of the anticipated magnitude or may not be developed as anticipated;

•  the loss of significant producers or markets or key employees from the acquired businesses;

•  the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

•  the failure to realize expected profitability or growth;

•  the failure to realize any expected synergies and cost savings;

•  coordinating geographically disparate organizations, systems and facilities;

•  coordinating or consolidating corporate, information technology and administrative functions; and

•  a decrease in liquidity and increased leverage as a result of using significant amounts of available cash or debt to finance an acquisition.

Further, unexpected costs and challenges may arise whenever businesses with different operations or management are combined, and we may experience unanticipated delays in realizing the benefits of an acquisition. Because of these risks and challenges, even when we make acquisitions that we believe will increase our ability to distribute cash, those acquisitions may nevertheless reduce our cash from operations on a per unit basis. This could result in lower distributions to our common unitholders and could impair our ability to comply with financial covenants under our debt agreements. Our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly following an acquisition, and you may not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial and other relevant information that we will consider in evaluating future acquisitions.

Our acquisitions could expose us to potential significant liabilities.

We generally assume the liabilities of entities that we acquire and may assume certain liabilities relating to assets that we acquire, including unknown and contingent liabilities. We perform due diligence in connection with our acquisitions and attempt to verify the representations of the sellers, but there may be pending, threatened, contemplated or contingent claims related to environmental, title, regulatory, litigation or other matters of which we are unaware. We may have indemnification claims against sellers for certain of these liabilities, as well as for disclosed liabilities, but our indemnification rights generally will be limited in amount and duration. Our right to indemnification also will be limited, as a practical matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party. If our right to indemnification is inadequate to cover the obligations of an acquired entity or relating to acquired assets, or if our indemnifying seller is unable to meet its obligations to us, our liability for such obligations could materially adversely affect our cash flow, operations and financial condition.

5

We may not be able to fully execute our business strategy if we encounter illiquid capital markets.

Our business strategy contemplates pursuing acquisitions and capital projects, both in our existing areas of operations and in new regions where we believe growth opportunities are attractive and our business strategies could be applied. We regularly consider and enter into discussions regarding strategic transactions or projects that we believe will present opportunities to pursue our growth strategy.

We will require substantial new capital to finance strategic acquisitions or to complete significant organic expansion or greenfield projects. Any limitations on our access to capital will impair our ability to execute our growth strategy. If the cost of capital becomes too expensive, our ability to develop or acquire accretive assets will be limited. We may not be able to raise the necessary funds on satisfactory terms, if at all. The primary factors that influence our cost of capital include market conditions and offering or borrowing costs such as interest rates or underwriting discounts.

Illiquid capital markets could also limit investment and development by third parties, such as producers and end-users, which could indirectly affect our ability to fully execute our business strategy.

Our substantial indebtedness could limit our operating flexibility and impair our ability to fulfill our debt obligations.

We have substantial indebtedness. As of June 30, 2009 and in addition to liabilities we incurred related to our risk management activities, we had total indebtedness of $852 million, including our senior unsecured notes and our revolving credit facility.

At June 30, 2009, available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility was approximately $280 million. Subject to the restrictions governing our existing indebtedness and other financial obligations, we may incur significant additional indebtedness and other financial obligations in the future. Our substantial indebtedness and other financial obligations could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

•  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;

•  impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general company purposes or other purposes;

•  result in higher interest expense in the event of increases in interest rates to the extent that any of our debt is subject to variable rates of interest;

•  have a material adverse effect on us if we fail to comply with financial and restrictive covenants in our debt agreements and an event of default occurs as a result of that failure that is not cured or waived;

•  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to payments on our indebtedness and other financial obligations, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general company requirements;

•  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and

•  place us at a disadvantage relative to any competitors that have proportionately less debt.

If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations and other financial obligations, we could be forced to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, in which case our lenders could require us to suspend cash distributions, or seek additional equity capital or sell assets. We may be unable to obtain such refinancing or equity capital, or to sell assets on satisfactory terms, if at all.

Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness may reduce our operating flexibility.

The indenture governing our outstanding senior unsecured notes contains various covenants that limit our ability and the ability of specified subsidiaries to, among other things:

•  sell assets;

6

•  pay distributions on, redeem or repurchase our equity interests or redeem or repurchase our subordinated debt, if any;

•  make investments;

•  incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred units;

•  create or incur certain liens;

•  enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to us;

•  consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets;

•  engage in transactions with affiliates;

•  create unrestricted subsidiaries; and

•  enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

Our revolving credit facility contains similar covenants, as well as covenants that require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial conditions. The restrictive covenants in our indentures and our revolving credit facility could limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to obtain future financings, make needed capital expenditures, withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general or conduct operations.

If we are unable to comply with our debt covenants, it could result in defaults under the terms of our indentures or our revolving credit facility and acceleration of our debt and other financial obligations. If we were unable to repay those obligations, our lenders could initiate a bankruptcy proceeding or liquidation proceeding or proceed against any collateral.

In addition, Fort Union Gas Gathering, L.L.C. (“Fort Union”), in which we own a 37.04% interest, has debt outstanding under an agreement that includes, among other customary covenants and events of default, a limitation on its ability to make cash distributions. Fort Union can distribute cash to its members only if its ratio of net operating cash flow to debt service is not less than 1.25 to 1.00. If Fort Union fails to comply with this covenant, it would be prohibited from distributing cash to us, which would adversely affect our cash flow.

Our ability to obtain funding under our revolving credit facility could be impaired by conditions in the financial markets.

We operate in a capital-intensive industry and rely on our revolving credit facility to finance a significant portion of our capital expenditures. Our ability to borrow under our revolving credit facility is subject to conditions in the financial markets, including the solvency of institutional lenders. Specifically, we would be unable to obtain adequate funding under our revolving credit facility if:

•  one or more of our lenders failed to meet its funding obligations;

•  at the time we draw on our revolving credit facility, any of the representations or warranties or certain covenants included in the agreement is false in any material respect and the lenders elected to refuse to provide funding; and

•  any lender refuses to fund its commitment for any reason, whether or not valid, and the other lenders elect not to provide additional funding to make up for the unfunded portion.

If we are unable to access funds under our revolving credit facility, we would need to meet our capital requirements using other sources. Depending on economic conditions, alternative sources of liquidity may not be available on acceptable terms. If the cash generated from our operations or the funds we are able to obtain under our revolving credit facility or other sources of liquidity are not sufficient to meet our capital requirements, then we may need to delay or abandon capital projects or other business opportunities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

7

Our ability to obtain financing from sources other than our revolving credit facility is subject to conditions in the credit and capital markets.

If we need to raise capital from a source other than our revolving credit facility, we cannot be certain that additional capital will be available to the extent required and on acceptable terms. Global market and economic conditions have been volatile, and the timing of an economic recovery remains uncertain. The availability and cost of debt and equity capital are subject to general economic conditions and prevailing perceptions about the stability of financial markets and the solvency of counterparties. Adverse changes in these factors are likely to result in higher interest rates and deterioration in the availability and cost of debt and equity financing.

If capital on acceptable terms is unavailable to us, we may be unable to fully execute our growth strategy, otherwise take advantage of business opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers and other counterparties, and a general increase in the nonpayment and nonperformance by counterparties could adversely affect our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks of nonpayment and nonperformance by our counterparties are a major concern in our business. We are subject to risks of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers and other counterparties, such as our lenders and hedging counterparties. Many of our customers finance their activities through cash flow from operations, the incurrence of debt or the issuance of equity, all of which are subject to adverse changes in commodity prices and economic and market conditions. Since the most recent economic downturn, some of our customers have experienced a combination of lower cash flow due to commodity prices, reduced borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities and reduced availability of debt or equity financing. These factors may result in a significant reduction in our customers’ liquidity and ability to pay or otherwise perform on their obligations to us. Furthermore, some of our customers may be highly leveraged and subject to their own credit, operating and regulatory risks, which increases the risk that they may default on their obligations to us.

Any increase in nonpayment and nonperformance by our counterparties, either as a result of financial and economic conditions or otherwise, could have an adverse impact on our operating results and could adversely affect our liquidity.

Our cash flow and profitability depend upon prices and market demand for natural gas and NGLs, which are beyond our control and have been volatile.

Our cash flow and profitability are affected by prevailing NGL and natural gas prices, and we are subject to significant risks due to fluctuations in commodity prices. In the past, the prices of natural gas and NGLs have been extremely volatile, and we expect this volatility to continue. For example, during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Houston Ship Channel natural gas index price ranged from a high of $5.26 per MMBtu to a low of $2.69 per MMBtu. Based on average monthly Mt. Belvieu prices and our weighted-average product production mix in Texas during this period, NGL prices ranged from a high of approximately $36.72 per barrel to a low of approximately $25.46 per barrel.

We derive a majority of our gross margin from contracts with terms that are commodity price sensitive. As a result, our cash flow and profitability depend to a significant extent on the prices at which we buy and sell natural gas and at which we sell NGLs and condensate. The markets and prices for natural gas and NGLs depend upon many factors beyond our control. These factors include supply and demand for oil, natural gas, liquefied natural gas (“LNG”), nuclear energy, coal and NGLs, which fluctuate with changes in market and economic conditions and other factors, including:

•  the impact of weather on the demand for oil and natural gas;

•  the level of domestic oil and natural gas production;

•  storage levels for oil, natural gas, LNG and NGLs;

•  the availability of imported oil, natural gas, LNG and NGLs;

8

•  international demand for LNG, oil and NGLs;

•  actions taken by foreign oil and gas producing nations;

•  the availability of local, intrastate and interstate transportation systems for natural gas and NGLs;

•  the availability of downstream NGL fractionation facilities;

•  the availability and marketing of competitive fuels;

•  the impact of energy conservation efforts; and

•  the extent of governmental regulation and taxation.

Changes in commodity prices may also indirectly impact our profitability by influencing drilling activity and well operations, and thus the volume of natural gas we gather and process. This volatility may cause our gross margin and cash flows to vary widely from period to period. Our hedging strategies cannot offset volume risk and may not be sufficient to offset price volatility risk. In any event, our commodity derivatives do not cover all of our throughput volumes. Moreover, commodity derivatives are subject to inherent risks, which we describe below under “— Our hedging activities do not eliminate our exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices and interest rates and may reduce our cash flow and subject our earnings to increased volatility.”

Our hedging activities do not eliminate our exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices and interest rates and may reduce our cash flow and subject our earnings to increased volatility.

Our operations expose us to fluctuations in commodity prices, and our revolving credit facility exposes us to fluctuations in interest rates. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce our sensitivity to commodity prices and interest rates, and the degree of our exposure is related largely to the effectiveness and scope of our hedging activities. We have hedged only portions of our variable-rate debt and expected natural gas and condensate supply, NGL production and natural gas requirements. We continue to have direct interest rate and commodity price risk with respect to the unhedged portions.

Our ability to enter into new derivative instruments is subject to general economic and market conditions. The markets for instruments we use to hedge our commodity price and interest rate exposure generally reflect conditions in the underlying commodity and debt markets, and to the extent conditions in underlying markets are unfavorable, our ability to enter into new derivative instruments on acceptable terms will be limited. In addition, to the extent we hedge our commodity price and interest rate risks using swap instruments, we will forego the benefits of favorable changes in commodity prices or interest rates.

Even though monitored by management, our hedging activities may fail to protect us and could reduce our cash flow and profitability. Our hedging activity may be ineffective or adversely affect cash flow and earnings because, among other factors:

•  hedging can be expensive, particularly during periods of volatile prices;

•  our counterparty in the hedging transaction may default on its obligation to pay; and

•  available hedges may not correspond directly with the risks against which we seek protection. For example:

•  the duration of a hedge may not match the duration of the risk against which we seek protection;

•  variations in the index we use to price a commodity hedge may not adequately correlate with variations in the index we use to sell the physical commodity (known as basis risk); and

•  we may not produce or process sufficient volumes to cover swap arrangements we enter into for a given period. If our actual volumes are lower than the volumes we estimated when entering into a swap for the period, we might be forced to satisfy all or a portion of our derivative obligation without the benefit of cash flow from our sale or purchase of the underlying physical commodity, which could adversely affect our liquidity.

9

Our financial statements may reflect gains or losses arising from exposure to commodity prices or interest rates for which we are unable to enter into fully economically effective hedges. In addition, the standards for cash flow hedge accounting are rigorous. Even when we engage in hedging transactions that are effective economically, these transactions may not be considered effective cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. Our earnings could be subject to increased volatility to the extent our derivatives do not continue to qualify as cash flow hedges, and, if we assume derivatives as part of an acquisition, to the extent we cannot obtain or choose not to seek cash flow hedge accounting for the derivatives we assume.

The adoption of derivatives legislation by Congress could have an adverse impact on our ability to hedge risks associated with our business.

Congress is currently considering legislation to impose restrictions on certain transactions involving derivatives, which could affect the use of derivatives in hedging transactions. ACESA (defined below) contains provisions that would prohibit private energy commodity derivative and hedging transactions. ACESA would expand the power of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or “CFTC,” to regulate derivative transactions related to energy commodities, including oil and natural gas, and to mandate clearance of such derivative contracts through registered derivative clearing organizations. Under ACESA, the CFTC’s expanded authority over energy derivatives would terminate upon the adoption of general legislation covering derivative regulatory reform. The Chairman of the CFTC urged Congress to set limits on trading and positions in commodities with finite supply, particularly energy commodities, such as crude oil, natural gas and other energy products, and to bring the entire over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives marketplace under CFTC regulation. The CFTC also is evaluating whether position limits should be applied consistently across all markets and participants. In addition, the Treasury Department has proposed legislation to subject all OTC derivative dealers and all other major OTC derivative market participants to substantial supervision and regulation, including by imposing conservative capital and margin requirements and strong business conduct standards. Derivative contracts that are not cleared through central clearinghouses and exchanges may be subject to substantially higher capital and margin requirements. A recent house bill would give the CFTC power to set position limits and to regulate commodity swaps. Although it is not possible at this time to predict whether or when Congress may act on this or other derivatives legislation or how any climate change bill approved by the U.S. Senate would be reconciled with ACESA, any laws or regulations that may be adopted that subject us to additional capital or margin requirements relating to, or to additional restrictions on, our trading and commodity positions could have an adverse effect on our flexibility in hedging risks associated with our business or on the cost of our hedging activity.

Because of the natural decline in production from existing wells in our operating regions, our future success depends on our ability to continually obtain new sources of natural gas supply, which depends in part on certain factors beyond our control. Any decrease in supplies of natural gas could adversely affect our revenues and operating income.

Our gathering and transmission pipeline systems are connected to natural gas fields and wells, from which the production will naturally decline over time, which means that our cash flows associated with these wells will also decline over time. To maintain or increase throughput volumes on our pipeline systems and at our processing plants, we must continually connect new supplies of natural gas and attract new customers to our gathering and transmission lines. The primary factors affecting our ability to do so include the level of successful drilling activity near our gathering systems and our ability to compete for the attachment of such additional volumes to our systems.

Fluctuations in energy prices can greatly affect drilling and production rates and investments by third parties in the development of new natural gas reserves. Drilling activity generally decreases as natural gas prices decrease. We have no control over the level of drilling activity in the areas of our operations, the amount of reserves underlying the wells or the rate at which production from a well will decline. In addition, we have no control over producers or their drilling and production decisions, which are affected by, among other things, prevailing and projected energy prices, drilling costs, rig availability, demand for hydrocarbons, the level of reserves, geological considerations, governmental regulations and the availability and cost of capital.

10

The current pricing environment, particularly in combination with the constrained capital and credit markets and overall economic downturn, has resulted in a decline in drilling activity by some producers in each of our segments. Lower drilling levels over a sustained period would have a negative effect on the volumes of natural gas we gather and process. We cannot use hedging to offset the potential effects of declining volumes.

We face strong competition in acquiring new natural gas supplies. Competitors to our pipeline operations include major interstate and intrastate pipelines, and other natural gas gatherers. Competition for natural gas supplies is primarily based on the location of pipeline facilities, pricing arrangements, reputation, efficiency, flexibility and reliability. Our major competitors for natural gas supplies and markets in our Texas segment include Enterprise Products Partners, Lobo Pipeline Company, Kinder Morgan Texas Pipeline, or KMTP, DCP Midstream, Crosstex Energy, ExxonMobil, Houston Pipeline Company, Targa Resources, Atlas Pipeline and Devon Energy. The primary competitors in our Oklahoma segment include CenterPoint Field Services, DCP Midstream, ONEOK Field Services, Enogex, Enerfin, Hiland Partners and MarkWest. The primary competitors in our Rocky Mountains segment include Thunder Creek Gas Gathering, Bitter Creek Pipeline Company, Bear Paw Energy and Western Gas Resources. A number of our competitors are larger organizations than we are.

If we are unable to maintain or increase the throughput on our pipeline systems because of decreased drilling activity, decreased production from the wells connected to our systems or inability to connect new supplies of gas and attract new customers to our gathering and transmission lines, then our business, financial results and our ability to achieve our growth strategy could be materially adversely affected.

We rely on third-party pipelines and other facilities in providing service to our customers. If one or more of these pipelines or facilities were to become capacity- constrained or unavailable, our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our ability to contract for natural gas supplies in the Texas region will often depend on our ability to deliver gas to our Houston Central plant and downstream markets, and we rely on KMTP’s Laredo-to-Katy pipeline to transport natural gas from our South Texas systems to the Houston Central plant. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, approximately 46% of the total natural gas delivered by our Texas segment was delivered to KMTP, and approximately 80% of the natural gas volumes processed or conditioned at our Houston Central plant was delivered to the plant through the KMTP Laredo-to-Katy pipeline.

If KMTP’s pipeline were to become unavailable for any reason, the volumes transported to our Houston Central plant would be reduced substantially, and our revenues and operating income from our Texas processing business would be adversely affected. In addition, much of the natural gas we gather in South Texas contains NGLs that must be removed in order to meet downstream market quality specifications. If we were unable to ship such natural gas to our Houston Central plant, we would need to arrange for an alternate means of removing NGLs and transport through other pipelines. Alternatively, we might be required to lease smaller treating and processing facilities so that we could treat and condition or process natural gas as needed to meet pipeline quality specifications.

We rely on ONEOK Hydrocarbon to take delivery of NGLs from several of our processing plants. We believe that fractionation facilities to which ONEOK Hydrocarbon delivers NGLs, as well as other fractionation facilities on which we depend, are subject to increasing capacity constraints due to higher NGL production in the Rocky Mountains and Mid-Continent regions. If ONEOK Hydrocarbon or the related downstream fractionation facilities were to become unavailable, we would have to run the affected plants in a reduced operating mode and make arrangements to re-route a portion of the natural gas we receive for processing to third-party plants, as well as make arrangements to transport NGLs to market by truck.

We also depend on other third-party processing plants, pipelines and other facilities to provide our customers with processing, delivery or transportation options. Like us, third-party service providers are subject to risks inherent in the midstream business, including capacity constraints, and natural disasters and operational, mechanical or other hazards. Because we do not own or operate KMTP’s, ONEOK Hydrocarbon’s, or any of these other pipelines and facilities, their continuing operation is not within our control.

11

If any of these pipelines and other facilities becomes unavailable or limited in its ability to provide services on which we depend, our revenues and cash flow could be adversely affected. We would likely incur higher fees or other costs in arranging for alternatives, and a prolonged interruption or reduction of service on KMTP or ONEOK could hinder our ability to contract for additional gas supplies.

We generally do not obtain reservoir engineering reports evaluating reserves dedicated to our pipeline systems; therefore, volumes of natural gas transported on our pipeline systems in the future could be less than we anticipate, which may cause our revenues and operating income to be less than we expect.

We generally do not obtain reservoir engineering reports evaluating natural gas reserves connected to our pipeline systems due to the unwillingness of producers to provide reserve information as well as the cost of such evaluations. Accordingly, we do not have estimates of total reserves dedicated to our systems or the anticipated life of such reserves. If the total reserves or estimated life of the reserves connected to our pipeline systems is less than we anticipate and we are unable to secure additional sources of natural gas, then the volumes of natural gas transported on our pipelines in the future could be less than we anticipate. A decline in the volumes of natural gas transported on our pipeline systems may cause our revenues to be less than we expect, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and our ability to make cash distributions to you.

Federal, state or local regulatory measures could adversely affect our business.

Our pipeline transportation and gathering systems are subject to federal, state and local regulation. Most of our natural gas pipelines are gathering systems that are considered non-utilities in the states in which they are located. The Natural Gas Act (“NGA”) leaves any economic regulation of natural gas gathering to the states. Texas, Oklahoma and Wyoming, the states in which our pipeline facilities are located, do not currently regulate non-utility gathering fees.

Our gathering fees and our terms and conditions of service may nonetheless be constrained through state anti-discrimination laws. The states in which we operate have adopted complaint-based regulation of natural gas gathering activities. Natural gas producers, shippers and other affected parties may file complaints with state regulators in an effort to resolve grievances relating to natural gas gathering access and discrimination with regard to rates and terms of service. A successful complaint, or new laws or regulatory rulings related to gathering, could increase our costs or require us to alter our gathering charges, and our business, and therefore, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. Other state laws and regulations may not directly regulate our business, but may nonetheless affect the availability of natural gas for gathering, purchase, processing and sale, including state regulation of production rates and maximum daily production allowables from gas wells.

Our intrastate natural gas transmission pipeline and several of our gathering systems in Texas are subject to regulation as gas utilities by the Texas Railroad Commission (“TRRC”). The TRRC’s jurisdiction over these pipelines extends to both rates and pipeline safety. The rates we charge for transportation services in Texas generally are deemed just and reasonable under Texas law unless challenged in a complaint. A successful complaint, or new state laws or regulatory rulings related to natural gas utilities, could increase our costs or require us to alter our service charges.

To the extent that our intrastate transmission pipeline in Texas transports natural gas in interstate commerce, the rates, terms and conditions of that transportation service are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) pursuant to Section 311 of the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978. Section 311 requires, among other things, that rates for such interstate service, which may be established by FERC or the applicable state agency, be “fair and equitable,” and permits the FERC to approve terms and conditions of service. If our Section 311 rates are successfully challenged, if we are unable to include all of our costs in the cost of service approved in a future rate case, if FERC changes its regulations or policies, or establishes more onerous terms and conditions applicable to Section 311 service, our margins relating to this activity would be adversely affected.

We also have transportation contracts with interstate pipelines that are subject to FERC regulation. As a shipper on an interstate pipeline, we are subject to FERC requirements related to use of the interstate capacity. Any failure on our part to comply with the FERC’s regulations or an interstate pipeline’s tariff could result in the imposition of administrative civil and criminal penalties.

12

We have interests in three NGL pipelines, all of which are located in Texas. We believe that these pipelines do not provide interstate service and that they are thus not subject to FERC jurisdiction under the Interstate Commerce Act (“ICA”) and the Energy Policy Act of 1992. Under the ICA, tariffs must be just and reasonable and not unduly discriminatory or confer any undue preference. We cannot guarantee that the jurisdictional status of our NGL facilities will remain unchanged, however. Should they be found jurisdictional, the FERC’s rate-making methodologies may limit our ability to set rates based on our actual costs, may delay the use of rates that reflect increased costs and may subject us to potentially burdensome and expensive operational, reporting and other requirements. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, revenues and cash flow. The price at which we buy and sell natural gas and NGLs is currently not subject to federal regulation and, for the most part, is not subject to state regulation. However, with regard to our physical purchases and sales of these energy commodities, our gathering or transportation of these energy commodities, and any related hedging activities that we undertake, we are required to observe anti-market manipulation laws and related regulations enforced by the FERCand/or the CFTC. The FERC and the CFTC hold substantial enforcement authority under the anti-market manipulation laws and regulations, including the ability to assess civil penalties of up to $1 million per day per violation, to order disgorgement of profits and to recommend criminal penalties. Should we violate the anti-market manipulation laws and regulations, we could also be subject to related third party damage claims by, among others, sellers, royalty owners and taxing authorities.

The FERC has also promulgated additional market-monitoring and reporting regulations intended to increase the transparency of wholesale energy markets, protect the integrity of such markets and improve the FERC’s ability to assess market forces and detect market manipulation. One such set of regulations, FERC Order No. 720, requires certain major non-interstate pipelines to post daily information on each such pipeline’s internet web site concerning capacity and scheduled flow information. Order No. 720 is currently pending rehearing before FERC. FERC has requested supplemental comments on a number of issues and has proposed revisions to its Order No. 720 regulations. The FERC has also issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking proposing to increase the frequency, level of detail and mode of contract reporting by intrastate Section 311 natural gas pipelines. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these proceedings. Additionally, the FERC has imposed new rules requiring certain wholesale purchasers and sellers of physical natural gas to report aggregated annual volume and other information beginning in 2009. These and other transparency rules may subject certain of our operations to additional reporting requirements, which could subject us to further costs and administrative burdens.

These and other new laws and regulations or any administrative or judicial re-interpretations of existing laws, regulations or agreements could require us to incur increased costs and administrative burdens, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. For instance, on February 19, 2008, the U.S. Supreme Court agreed to hear arguments in a lawsuit,Montana v. Wyoming, filed by the State of Montana against Wyoming over water rights in two rivers that flow through both states. Montana is asserting that Wyoming is using too much water from the Tongue and Powder Rivers pursuant to the Yellowstone River Compact, an agreement that both states entered into in 1950 addressing how the states may share water from the Yellowstone River and its tributaries, including the Tongue and Powder Rivers. A critical element of Montana’s argument is that the Compact applies to groundwater and, among other things, that Wyoming’s permitting of coal bed methane production, which involves the pumping of large quantities of groundwater, is depleting the waters of the two rivers to the detriment of Montana and its water users and in violation of the Compact. Wyoming’s position is that the Compact does not address groundwater. Among other things, Montana asks the High Court to declare the rights of Montana to water from these two rivers pursuant to the Compact and to issue a decree commanding Wyoming in the future to deliver the waters of these two rivers to Montana in accord with the Compact. This lawsuit has only recently been accepted for review by the U.S. Supreme Court and no substantive determination has yet been made regarding the use of waters from these two rivers, including the associated groundwater. Any decision made by the U.S. Supreme Court as a result of this case that effectively limits the amount of groundwater pumped in connection with coal bed methane production in Wyoming may have significant adverse impacts on the volume of production by coal bed methane producers in affected areas of Wyoming and, correspondingly, on gathering services that Bighorn Gas Gathering, L.L.C. (“Bighorn”) and Fort Union provide.

We must on occasion rely upon rulings by FERC or other governmental authorities to carry out certain of our business plans. For example, in order to carry out our acquisition of the McMullen Lateral pipeline,

13

Transcontinental Gas Pipeline Corp. (“Transco”), a subsidiary of The Williams Companies, Inc., must obtain a FERC order allowing abandonment of the facilities by Transco, as well as various other related FERC authorizations. The abandonment application is subject to protests filed by third parties and there is no guarantee that FERC will grant the application and the authorizations requested therein. Moreover, there is no guarantee that, if granted, such authorizations will be timely or will be free from potentially burdensome conditions.

Climate change legislation, regulatory initiatives and litigation could result in increased operating costs and reduced demand for the natural gas and NGL services we provide.

On June 26, 2009, the U.S. House of Representatives approved the adoption of the “American Clean Energy and Security Act of 2009,” also known as the “Waxman-Markeycap-and-trade legislation” or “ACESA.” The purpose of ACESA is to control and reduce emissions of “greenhouse gases,” or “GHGs,” in the United States. GHGs are certain gases, including carbon dioxide and methane, that may be contributing to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere and other climatic changes. ACESA would establish an economy-wide cap on emissions of GHGs in the United States and would require an overall reduction in GHG emissions of 17% (from 2005 levels) by 2020, and by over 80% (from 2005 levels) by 2050. Regulated entities under ACESA would include producers of petroleum based fuels, including refiners of oil, fractionators of NGLs and natural gas distribution companies. Under ACESA, most regulated sources of GHG emissions would be required to obtain GHG emission “allowances” corresponding to their annual emissions of GHGs. The number of emission allowances authorized each year would decline as necessary to meet ACESA’s overall emission reduction goals. As the number of GHG emission allowances declines each year, the cost or value of allowances is expected to escalate significantly. The net effect of ACESA will be to impose increasing costs on the combustion of carbon-based fuels such as oil, refined petroleum products and natural gas. The Senate is considering climate change legislation during the fall of 2009.

In addition, on April 17, 2009, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or “EPA,” issued a notice of its proposed finding and determination that emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other GHGs presented an endangerment to human health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to EPA, contributing to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere. Once finalized, EPA’s finding and determination would allow it to begin regulating emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act. In addition, on September 22, 2009, the EPA issued a final rule requiring the reporting of greenhouse gas emissions from specified large greenhouse gas emission sources in the United States, including natural gas liquids fractionators and local natural gas distribution companies, beginning in 2011 for emissions occurring in 2010. Although it may take EPA several years to adopt and impose regulations limiting emissions of GHGs, any limitation on emissions of GHGs from our equipment and operations could require us to incur costs to reduce emissions of GHGs associated with our operations. Also, two appellate courts recently took actions that allowed two lawsuits to resume to decide on the merits whether certain business entities could be held liable under common law actions with respect to those entities’ emission of greenhouse gases. With regard to one of the proceedings, on September 21, 2009, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reinstated a lawsuit filed by several state attorneys general and others against five of the largest U.S. electric utility companies alleging that those companies have created a public nuisance due to their emissions of carbon dioxides. In the other proceeding, on October 16, 2009, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit allowed a lawsuit to resume wherein a putative class of property owners along the Mississippi Gulf Coast have alleged that an array of electric utilities and fossil fuel and chemical companies were negligent or had created trespass or nuisance conditions through their emissions of greenhouse gases that added to the ferocity of Hurricane Katrina in 2005.

Although it is not possible at this time to predict if and when the Senate may act on climate change legislation or how any bill passed by the Senate would be reconciled with ACESA or what effect, if any, the recent decisions permitting the common law negligence, trespassand/or nuisance lawsuit to proceed against certain utilities and fossil fuel and chemical companies may have on the oil and gas industry, any future federal or state laws or implementing regulations that may be adopted to address greenhouse gas emissions, as well as future climate change litigation against us or our customers for GHG emissions, could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions, and could have an adverse effect on demand for the natural gas and NGL services we provide.

14

A change in the characterization of some of our assets by federal, state or local regulatory agencies could adversely affect our business.

Section 1(b) of the NGA provides that the FERC’s jurisdiction does not extend to facilities used for the production or gathering of natural gas. “Gathering” is not specifically defined by the NGA or its implementing regulations, and there is no bright-line test for determining the jurisdictional status of pipeline facilities. Although some guidance is provided by case law, the process of determining whether facilities constitute gathering facilities for purposes of regulation under the NGA is fact-specific and subject to regulatory change. Additionally, our construction, expansion, extension or alteration of pipeline facilities may involve regulatory, environmental, political and legal uncertainties, including the possibility that physical changes to our pipeline systems may be deemed to affect their jurisdictional status.

The distinction between FERC-regulated interstate natural gas transmission services and federally unregulated gathering services has been the subject of litigation, as has been the line between intrastate and interstate transportation services. Thus, the classification and regulation of some of our natural gas gathering facilities and our intrastate transportation pipeline may be subject to change based on future determinations by the FERCand/or the courts. Should any of our natural gas gathering or intrastate facilities be deemed to be jurisdictional under the NGA, we could be required to comply with numerous federal requirements for interstate service, including laws and regulations governing the rates charged for interstate transportation services, the terms and conditions of service, certification and construction of new facilities, the extension or abandonment of services and facilities, the maintenance of accounts and records, the initiation and discontinuation of services, the monitoring and posting of real-time system information and many other requirements. Failure to comply with all applicable FERC-administered statutes, rules, regulations and orders could result in substantial penalties and fines. It is also possible that our gathering facilities could be deemed by a relevant state commission or court, or by a change in law or regulation, to constitute intrastate pipelines subject to general state law and regulation of rates and terms and conditions of service. A change in jurisdictional status through litigation or legislation could require significant changes to the rates, terms and conditions of service on the affected pipeline, could increase the expense of providing service and adversely affect our business.

The distinction between FERC-regulated common carriage of NGLs, and the non-jurisdictional intrastate transportation of NGLs, has also been the subject of litigation. The FERC, under the ICA, the Energy Policy Act of 1992 and the rules and orders promulgated thereunder, regulates the tariff rates for interstate NGL transportation and these rates must be filed with the FERC. Under the ICA, tariffs must be just and reasonable and not unduly discriminatory or confer any undue preference. To the extent any of our NGL assets are subject to the jurisdiction of the FERC, the FERC’s rate-making methodologies could limit our ability to set rates that we might otherwise be able to charge, could delay the use of rates that reflect increased costs and could subject us to potentially burdensome and expensive operational, reporting and other requirements. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, revenues and cash flow.

We may incur significant costs and liabilities resulting from pipeline integrity programs and related repairs.

We are subject to regulation by the U.S. Department of Transportation (“DOT”) under the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968, as amended, with respect to our natural gas lines and the Hazardous Liquids Pipeline Safety Act of 1979, as amended, with respect to our NGL lines, pursuant to which the DOT has established requirements relating to the design, installation, testing, construction, operation, replacement and management of pipeline facilities. In addition, we are subject to regulation by the DOT under the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, which was amended by the Pipeline Inspection, Protection, Enforcement and Safety Act of 2006 (“PIPES”), and pursuant to which the DOT has implemented regulations establishing mandatory inspections for all United States oil (including NGL) and natural gas transportation pipelines and gathering lines meeting certain operational risk and location requirements. Moreover, the DOT has developed PIPES regulations that require operators of certain rural onshore hazardous liquid gathering lines and low-stress pipelines located in specified unusually sensitive areas to comply with additional safety requirements addressing primarily corrosion and third-party damage concerns applicable to such pipelines.

15

Although many of our natural gas facilities fall within a class that is not subject to these requirements, we may incur significant costs and liabilities associated with repair, remediation, preventative or mitigation measures associated with non-exempt pipelines. Such costs and liabilities might relate to repair, remediation, preventative or mitigating actions that may be determined to be necessary as a result of the testing program, as well as lost cash flows resulting from shutting down our pipelines during the pendency of such repairs. Additionally, we may be affected by the testing, maintenance and repair of pipeline facilities downstream from our own facilities. Our NGL pipelines are also subject to integrity management and other safety regulations imposed by the TRRC.

Any regulatory expansion of the existing pipeline safety requirements or the adoption of new pipeline safety requirements could also increase our cost of operation and impair our ability to provide service during the period in which assessments and repairs take place, adversely affecting our business.

Because we handle natural gas, NGLs and other hydrocarbons in our pipeline and processing businesses, we may incur significant costs and liabilities in the future resulting from a failure to comply with new or existing environmental regulations or an accidental release of waste substances into the environment.

The operation of our gathering systems, plants and other facilities is subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations can restrict or impact our business activities in many ways, including restricting the manner in which we dispose of wastes and other regulated substances, requiring remedial action to remove or mitigate contamination, and requiring capital expenditures to comply with control requirements. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations. Certain environmental statutes impose strict and, under certain circumstances, joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where substances and wastes have been disposed or otherwise released. Moreover, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of substances or wastes into the environment.

There is inherent risk of environmental costs and liabilities in our business due to our handling of natural gas, NGLs and other hydrocarbons, air emissions related to our operations, historical industry operations, including releases of substances into the environment, and waste disposal practices. For example, an accidental release from one of our pipelines or processing facilities could subject us to substantial liabilities arising from environmental cleanup, restoration costs and natural resource damages, claims made by neighboring landowners and other third parties for personal injury and property damage and fines or penalties for related violations of environmental laws or regulations. Moreover, it is possible that stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could significantly increase our compliance costs and the cost of any remediation that may become necessary. We may not be able to recover some or any of these costs from insurance.

Expanding our business by constructing new assets will subject us to risks that projects may not be completed on schedule, the costs associated with the projects may exceed our expectations and additional natural gas supplies may not be available following completion of the projects, which could cause our revenues to be less than anticipated. Our operating cash flows from our capital projects may not be immediate.

One of the ways we may grow our business is through the construction of additions to our existing gathering and transportation systems (including additional compression) and modifications to, or construction of, natural gas processing plants. The construction of additions or modifications to our existing gathering and transportation systems and processing and treating facilities, and the construction of new gathering and processing facilities, involve numerous regulatory, environmental, political, legal and operational uncertainties beyond our control and require the expenditure of significant amounts of capital. These projects also involve numerous economic uncertainties, including the impact of inflation on project costs and the availability of required resources. If we undertake these projects, they may not be completed on schedule or at all or at the budgeted cost. Moreover, we may not receive any material increase in operating cash flow from a project for some time. If we experience unanticipated or extended delays in generating operating cash flow from these projects, then we may need to reduce or reprioritize our capital budget in order to meet our capital requirements. We often rely on estimates of

16

future production in deciding to construct additions to our gathering and transportation systems. These estimates may prove to be inaccurate because of the numerous technological, economic and other uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of future production. As a result, new facilities may not be able to attract enough throughput to achieve our expected investment return, and that in turn, could adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations.

If the cost of renewing existing rights-of-way increases, it may have an adverse impact on our profitability. In addition, if we are unable to obtain new rights-of-way, then we may be unable to fully execute our growth strategy.

The construction of additions to our existing gathering and transportation assets may require us to obtain new rights-of-way prior to constructing new pipelines. We may be unable to obtain such rights-of-way to connect new natural gas supplies to our existing gathering lines or capitalize on other attractive expansion opportunities. Additionally, it may become more expensive for us to obtain new rights-of-way or to renew existing rights-of-way. If the cost of renewing existing rights-of-way increases, then our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, increased rights-of-way costs could impair our ability to grow.

Our business involves many hazards and operational risks, some of which may not be fully covered by insurance. If a significant accident or event occurs that is not fully insured, our operations could be temporarily or permanently impaired, and our liabilities and expenses could be significant.

Our operations are subject to the many hazards inherent in the gathering, compression, treating, processing, transportation and fractionation of natural gas and NGLs, including:

•  damage to pipelines, pipeline blockages and damage to related equipment and surrounding properties caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, fires, extreme weather conditions and other natural disasters and acts of terrorism;

•  inadvertent damage from motor vehicles, construction or farm equipment;

•  leaks of natural gas, NGLs and other hydrocarbons;

•  operator error; and

•  fires and explosions.

These risks could result in substantial losses due to personal injuryand/or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment and pollution or other environmental damage and may result in curtailment or suspension of our related operations. In addition, mechanical malfunctions, undetected leaks in pipelines, faulty measurement or other errors may result in significant costs or lost revenues. Our operations are primarily concentrated in the Texas Gulf Coast and north Texas regions, in central and east Oklahoma and in Wyoming, and a natural disaster or other hazard affecting any of these areas could have a material adverse effect on our operations, even if our own facilities are not directly affected. For example, although we did not suffer significant damage due to Hurricane Ike in September 2008, the storm damaged gathering systems and processing and NGL fractionation facilities along the Gulf Coast, including facilities owned by third-party service providers on whom we depend in providing services to our customers. Some companies were required to curtail or suspend operations, which adversely affected various energy companies with assets in the region, including us.

There can be no assurance that insurance will cover all damages and losses resulting from these types of natural disasters. We are not fully insured against all risks incident to our business. In accordance with typical industry practice, we generally do not have any property insurance on any of our underground pipeline systems that would cover damage to the pipelines. We are not insured against all environmental accidents that might occur, other than those considered to be sudden and accidental. Our business interruption insurance covers only certain lost revenues arising from physical damage to our processing plants and certain pipeline facilities. If a significant accident or event occurs that is not fully insured, our operations could be temporarily or permanently impaired, and our liabilities and expenses could be significant.

17

Due to our limited asset diversification, adverse developments in our gathering, transportation, processing and related businesses would have a significant impact on our results of operations.

Substantially all of our revenues are generated from our gathering, dehydration, treating, conditioning, processing, fractionation and transportation business, and as a result, our financial condition depends upon prices of, and continued demand for, natural gas and NGLs. Furthermore, substantially all of our assets are located in Texas, Oklahoma and Wyoming. Due to our limited diversification in asset type and location, an adverse development in one of these businesses or in these areas would have a significantly greater impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition than if we maintained more diverse assets.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, we may experience materially higher compliance costs.

In 2005, we began a process to annually document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires that the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting be subjected to annual assessment by management and annual audit by our independent registered public accounting firm. In this regard, management has dedicated internal resources, engaged outside consultants and adopted a detailed work plan to (i) assess and document the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, (ii) take steps to improve control processes, where appropriate, (iii) validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and (iv) implement a continuous review and reporting process for internal control over financial reporting. We cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that we maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to implement required new controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If our compliance with policies or procedures deteriorates and we fail to correct any associated issues in the design or operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting or fail to prevent fraud, current and potential holders of our securities could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which could harm our business.

We own interests in limited liability companies and a general partnership in which third parties also own interests, which may limit our ability to influence significant business decisions affecting these entities.

In addition to our wholly owned subsidiaries, we own interests in a number of entities in which third parties also own an interest. These interests include our:

•  62.5% interest in Webb/Duval Gatherers;

•  majority interest in Southern Dome, LLC;

•  51% interest in Bighorn; and

•  37.04% interest in Fort Union

Although we serve as operator of Webb/Duval Gatherers, managing member and operator of Southern Dome, managing member and field operator of Bighorn and managing member of Fort Union, certain substantive business decisions with respect to these entities require the majority or unanimous approval of the owners or, in the case of Bighorn, of a management committee to which we have the right to appoint 50% of the members. Examples of some of these substantive business decisions include significant expenditures or contractual commitments, the construction or acquisition of assets, borrowing money or otherwise raising capital and transactions not in the ordinary course of business, among others. Differences in views among the respective owners of these entities could result in delayed decisions or in failures to agree on significant matters, potentially adversely affecting their respective businesses and results of operations or prospects and, in turn, the amounts and timing of cash from operations distributed to their respective members or partners, including us.

In addition, we do not control the day-to-day operations of Fort Union. Our lack of control over Fort Union’s day-to-day operations and the associated costs of operations could result in our receiving lower cash distributions than we anticipate, which could reduce our cash flow available for distribution to our unitholders.

18

Risks Related to Our Structure

Our limited liability company agreement prohibits a unitholder who acquires 15% or more of our common units without the approval of our Board of Directors from engaging in a business combination with us for three years. This provision could discourage a change of control that our unitholders may favor, which could negatively affect the price of our common units.

Our limited liability company agreement effectively adopts Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). Section 203 of the DGCL as it applies to us prevents an interested unitholder, defined as a person who owns 15% or more of our outstanding units, from engaging in business combinations with us for three years following the time such person becomes an interested unitholder, except in limited circumstances. Section 203 broadly defines “business combination” to encompass a wide variety of transactions with or caused by an interested unitholder, including mergers, asset sales and other transactions in which the interested unitholder receives a benefit on other than a pro rata basis with other unitholders. This provision of our limited liability company agreement could have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our Board of Directors, including discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for our common units.

We may issue additional common units without your approval, which would dilute your existing ownership interests.

Our limited liability company agreement does not limit the number of additional limited liability company interests that we may issue at any time without the approval of our unitholders, including common units and other equity securities that rank senior to common units. The issuance of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

•  your proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

•  the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

•  the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit will be diminished; and

•  the market price of the common units may decline.

Our limited liability company agreement provides for a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.

If, at any time, any person owns more than 90% of the common units then outstanding, such person has the right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining common units then outstanding at a price not less than the then-current market price of the common units. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may therefore not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur tax liability upon a sale of your units.

Certain of our investors may sell units in the public market, which could reduce the market price of our outstanding common units.

Pursuant to agreements with our pre-IPO investors and investors in private placements we effected in 2005, 2006 and 2007, we have filed or agreed to file registration statements onForm S-3 registering sales by selling unitholders of an aggregate of 39,354,334 of our common units, including 3,245,817 common units to be issued upon conversion of our outstanding Class D units. If investors holding these units were to dispose of a substantial portion of these units in the public market, whether in a single transaction or series of transactions, it could adversely affect the market price for our common units. In addition, these sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, could make it more difficult for us to sell our common units in the future.

Increases in interest rates could adversely affect our unit price.

Interest rates on future credit facilities and debt offerings could be higher than current levels, causing our financing costs to increase accordingly. An increase in interest rates could also cause a corresponding decline in

19

demand for equity investments, in general, and in particular for yield-based equity investments such as our common units. Lower demand for our common units for any reason, including competition from other more attractive investment opportunities, would likely cause the trading price of our common units to decline. If we issue additional equity at a significantly lower price, material dilution to our existing unitholders could result.

Risks Related to Our Debt Securities

We have a holding company structure in which our subsidiaries conduct our operations and own our operating assets.

We are a holding company, and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the limited liability company interests and other equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make required payments on our outstanding senior notes or any future issuances of debt securities will depend on the performance of our subsidiaries and the other entities in which we own interests, and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, state and other laws and regulations or, in the case of other entities in which we own an interest, debt that they may incur, which could be governed by agreements restricting their ability to distribute cash to us. If we are unable to obtain the funds necessary to pay the principal amount at maturity of our outstanding senior notes or any future issuance of debt securities, or to repurchase our outstanding senior notes upon the occurrence of a change of control, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as a refinancing of our outstanding senior notes or any future issuance of debt securities. We cannot assure you that we would be able to refinance our outstanding senior notes or any future issuance of debt securities.

We require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including our outstanding senior notes and any future issuance of debt securities, and to fund planned capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

We cannot assure you that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our revolving credit facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including our outstanding senior notes and any future issuance of debt securities, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including our outstanding senior notes and any future issuance of debt securities, on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we would be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our outstanding senior notes and any future issuances of debt securities, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

We do not have the same flexibility as other types of organizations to accumulate cash, which may limit cash available to service our outstanding senior notes or any future issuances of debt securities or to repay them at maturity.

Subject to the limitations on restricted payments contained in the indentures governing our outstanding senior notes and in our revolving credit facility and any other indebtedness, we distribute all of our “available cash” each quarter to our unitholders. “Available cash” is defined in our limited liability company agreement, and it generally means, for each fiscal quarter:

•  all cash on hand at the end of the quarter;

•  plus all cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter. Our credit facility does not provide for the type of working capital borrowing that would be eligible, pursuant to our limited liability company agreement, to be considered available cash.

20

•  less the amount of cash that our Board of Directors determines in its reasonable discretion is necessary or appropriate to:

•  provide for the proper conduct of our business (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for our future credit needs);

•  comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments, or other agreements or obligations; or

•  provide funds for distributions to our unitholders for any one or more of the next four quarters.

As a result, we may not accumulate significant amounts of cash. If our Board of Directors fails to establish sufficient reserves, these distributions could significantly reduce the cash available to us in subsequent periods to make payments on our outstanding indebtedness.

The guarantees by certain of our subsidiaries of our outstanding senior notes and any future issuances of debt securities could be deemed fraudulent conveyances under certain circumstances, and a court may try to subordinate or void these subsidiary guarantees.

Under U.S. bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee can be voided, or claims under a guarantee may be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

•  intended to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditor or received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of the guarantee;

•  was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence;

•  was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

•  intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay those debts as they mature.

In addition, any payment by that guarantor under a guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor. The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a subsidiary guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

•  the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

•  the present saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability, including contingent liabilities, on its existing debts as they become absolute and mature; or

•  it could not pay its debts as they became due.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

You should read “Material Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for tax purposes or we were to become subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation, it would substantially reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the IRS with respect to this or any other tax matter.

21

Despite the fact that we are a limited liability company under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for a limited liability company such as ours to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe based upon our current operations that we should be so treated, a change in our business (or a change in current law) could cause us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rates, currently at a maximum rate of 35%, and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates. Distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gain, loss or deduction would flow through to you. Because a tax would be imposed on us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to our unitholders and would likely result in a substantial reduction in the value of our common units.

In addition, because of widespread state budget deficits and other reasons, several states are evaluating ways to subject limited liability companies to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise or other forms of taxation. For example, we are required to pay Texas franchise tax at a maximum effective rate of 0.7% of our federal gross income apportioned to Texas in the prior year. Imposition of such a tax on us by any other state will further reduce the cash available for distribution to our unitholders. Moreover, at the federal level, legislation has been considered that would have eliminated pass-through tax treatment for certain publicly traded limited liability companies. Although such legislation would not have applied to us as considered, it could be reintroduced in a manner that does apply to us. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes or other proposals will be reintroduced or will ultimately be enacted. Additionally, any modification to the federal income tax laws and interpretations thereof may or may not be applied retroactively. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted, and the costs of any IRS contest will reduce cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to our treatment as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or any other matter affecting us. The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may disagree with some or all of the positions we take. Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders because the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.

You will be required to pay taxes on the share of our income allocated to you even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.

Because our unitholders are treated as partners to whom we allocate taxable income, you will be required to pay any federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on your share of our taxable income, regardless of the amount of any distributions from us. You may not receive cash distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that income.

Tax gain or loss on disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of your allocable share of our net taxable income decrease your tax basis in your common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with respect to the units you sell, will, in effect, become taxable income to you if you sell such units at a price greater than your tax basis, even if the price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. In addition, because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of

22

our nonrecourse liabilities, if you sell your units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash you receive from the sale.

Tax-exempt entities andnon-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, including employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (known as IRAs), andnon-U.S. persons raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our income allocated to organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to such a unitholder. Distributions tonon-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable tax rate, andnon-U.S. persons will be required to file United States federal tax returns and pay tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a tax-exempt entity or anon-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our units.

We treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units and for certain other reasons, we have adopted depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform with all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to our unitholders. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain on the sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of our common units or result in audits of and adjustments to our unitholders’ tax returns.

We prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

We prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The use of this proration method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. If the IRS were to challenge this method or new Treasury Regulations were issued, we may be required to change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.

A unitholder whose units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units may be considered as having disposed of those units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.

Because a unitholder whose units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units, he may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan to the short seller, any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and loaning their units.

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the technical termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.

We will be considered to have technically terminated for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes

23

of determining whether the 50% threshold has been met, multiple sales of the same interest will be counted only once. While we would continue our existence as a Delaware limited liability company, our technical termination would, among other things result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders, which would result in us filing two tax returns (and our unitholders could receive two Schedules K-1) for one fiscal year and could result in a deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. A technical termination would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, but instead, we would be treated as a new partnership for tax purposes. If treated as a new partnership, we would be required to make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we were unable to determine that a termination occurred.

As a result of investing in our common units, you may be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in states where you do not live.

In addition to federal income taxes, unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes, unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property now or in the future, even if our unitholders do not reside in any of those jurisdictions. Our unitholders will likely be required to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some or all of these jurisdictions. Further, unitholders may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. We currently do business and own assets in Texas, Oklahoma, Wyoming, Colorado and Louisiana. Although Texas and Wyoming do not currently impose a personal income tax, Oklahoma, Colorado and Louisiana do and as we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may do business or own assets in other jurisdictions that impose a personal income tax. It is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all United States federal, state and local tax returns that may be required of such unitholder.

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless we specify otherwise in any prospectus supplement, we will use the net proceeds we receive from the sale of securities covered by this prospectus for general corporate purposes, which may include, among other things:

•  paying or refinancing all or a portion of our indebtedness outstanding at the time; and

•  funding working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions.

The application of proceeds from any particular offering of securities using this prospectus will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such offering. The precise amount and timing of the application of these proceeds will depend on our funding requirements and the availability and cost of other funds.

RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

	Year Ended December 31,															Six Months Ended
	2004			2005			2006			2007			2008			June 30, 2009
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		—	(a)		2.4	x		2.9	x		3.1	x		2.1	x		1.7x

(a) Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for the year ended December 31, 2004 by $1.3 million.

For purposes of calculating the ratio of consolidated earnings to fixed charges:

•  “earnings” means the aggregate of the following items: pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees; plus fixed charges; plus amortization of capitalized interest; plus distributed income of equity investees; plus our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed charges; less interest capitalized; less preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and less the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges;

24

•  “fixed charges” means the sum of the following: (a) interest expensed and capitalized, (b) amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to indebtedness, (c) an estimate of the interest within rental expense and (d) preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and

•  “preference security dividend” means the amount of pre-tax earnings that is required to pay the dividends on outstanding preference securities.

DESCRIPTION OF OUR COMMON UNITS

Our common units represent limited liability company interests in us. The holders of our common units are entitled to participate in distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to members under our limited liability company agreement. As of September 30, 2009, we had 54,601,458 common units outstanding. We also had 3,245,817 Class D units outstanding, all of which will convert into common units in February 2010, upon payment of our cash distribution for the fourth quarter of 2009.

Our Limited Liability Company Agreement

Our limited liability company agreement governs the rights and obligations of our common unitholders. A copy of our limited liability company agreement is included in our other SEC filings and is incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

Our Cash Distribution Policy

Please read “Cash Distribution Policy” for a detailed description of the right to receive cash distributions with respect to our common units.

Timing of Distributions

We pay distributions approximately 45 days after March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 to unitholders of record on the applicable record date.

Issuance of Additional Units

In general, we may issue additional equity securities, and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to our equity securities, for any company purpose at any time and from time to time, to such persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as our Board of Directors shall determine, all without the approval of any unitholders. Each additional equity security authorized to be issued by us pursuant to our limited liability company agreement may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of our equity securities), as our Board of Directors shall determine, all without the approval of any unitholders.

We may choose to finance acquisitions by issuing additional common units or other equity securities. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to participate in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other equity securities may dilute the value of the existing common unitholders’ interests in our net assets.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our limited liability company agreement, we may also issue additional securities that, as determined by our Board of Directors, may have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled.

The holders of common units do not have preemptive rights to acquire additional common units or other securities.

25

Voting Rights

In general, common unitholders have the right to vote with respect to the election of our Board of Directors, certain amendments to our limited liability company agreement, the merger of our company or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and the dissolution of our company.

Limited Call Right

If, at any time, any person owns more than 90% of the issued and outstanding membership interests of any class, such person will have the right, which it may transfer in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining membership interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by our Board of Directors, on at least 10 but not more than 60 days’ notice. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our limited liability company agreement or applicable Delaware law if this limited call right is exercised. The purchase price in the event of the exercise of this right is the greater of:

•  the current market price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice is mailed; and

•  the highest price paid by such person or any of its affiliates for any such interest of such class purchased during the90-day period preceding the date that the notice is mailed.

As a result of this limited call right, a holder of membership interests in our company may have its membership interests purchased at an undesirable time or price. Please read “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Structure.” The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of its common units in the market. Please read “Material Tax Consequences — Disposition of Common Units.”

Exchange Listing

Our common units are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CPNO.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Duties

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC serves as registrar and transfer agent for our common units. We pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units, except the following fees that will be paid by unitholders:

•  surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

•  special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit; and

•  other similar fees or charges.

There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their shareholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities as transfer agent, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Resignation or Removal

The transfer agent may at any time resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor has been appointed and accepted the appointment within 30 days after notice of the resignation or removal, we are authorized to act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

26

Transfer of Common Units

By transfer of common units in accordance with our limited liability company agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a unitholder with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Additionally, each transferee of common units:

•  automatically agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of, and is deemed to have executed, our limited liability company agreement;

•  becomes the record holder of the common units;

•  represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into our limited liability company agreement;

•  grants powers of attorney to our officers and any liquidator of our company as specified in the limited liability company agreement; and

•  makes the consents and waivers contained in the limited liability company agreement.

An assignee will become a unitholder of our company for the transferred common units upon the recording of the name of the assignee on our books and records.

Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES

General

Copano Energy, L.L.C. may issue debt securities in one or more series, and Copano Energy Finance Corporation may be a co-issuer of one or more series of debt securities. Copano Energy Finance Corporation was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 2005, is wholly owned by Copano Energy, L.L.C. and has no material assets or any liabilities other than as a co-issuer of debt securities. Its activities are limited to co-issuing debt securities and engaging in other activities incidental thereto. When used in this section “Description of Our Debt Securities,” the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and “issuers” refer jointly to Copano Energy, L.L.C. and Copano Energy Finance Corporation, and the terms “Copano Energy” and “Copano Finance” refer strictly to Copano Energy, L.L.C. and Copano Energy Finance Corporation, respectively.

If we offer senior debt securities, we will issue them under a senior indenture. If we issue subordinated debt securities, we will issue them under a subordinated indenture. A form of each indenture is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We have not restated either indenture in its entirety in this description. You should read the relevant indenture because it, and not this description, controls your rights as holders of the debt securities. Capitalized terms used in this summary have the meanings specified in the indentures.

The debt securities will be:

•  our direct general obligations;

•  either senior debt securities or subordinated debt securities; and

•  issued under separate indentures among us, any subsidiary guarantors and a trustee.

Specific Terms of Each Series of Debt Securities in the Prospectus Supplement

A prospectus supplement and a supplemental indenture or authorizing resolutions relating to any series of debt securities being offered will include specific terms relating to the offering. These terms will include some or all of the following:

•  whether Copano Finance will be a co-issuer of the debt securities;

27

•  the guarantors of the debt securities, if any;

•  whether the debt securities are senior or subordinated debt securities;

•  the title of the debt securities;

•  the total principal amount of the debt securities;

•  the assets, if any, that are pledged as security for the payment of the debt securities;

•  whether we will issue the debt securities in individual certificates to each holder in registered form, or in the form of temporary or permanent global securities held by a depositary on behalf of holders;

•  the prices at which we will issue the debt securities;

•  the portion of the principal amount that will be payable if the maturity of the debt securities is accelerated;

•  the currency or currency unit in which the debt securities will be payable, if not U.S. dollars;

•  the dates on which the principal of the debt securities will be payable;

•  the interest rate that the debt securities will bear and the interest payment dates for the debt securities;

•  any conversion or exchange provisions;

•  any optional redemption provisions;

•  any sinking fund or other provisions that would obligate us to repurchase or otherwise redeem the debt securities;

•  any changes to or additional events of default or covenants; and

•  any other terms of the debt securities.

We may offer and sell debt securities, including original issue discount debt securities, at a substantial discount below their principal amount. The prospectus supplement will describe special U.S. federal income tax and any other considerations applicable to those securities. In addition, the prospectus supplement may describe certain special U.S. federal income tax or other considerations applicable to any debt securities that are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

Guarantees

If specified in the prospectus supplement respecting a series of debt securities, the subsidiaries of Copano Energy specified in the prospectus supplement will fully and unconditionally guarantee to each holder and the trustee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the debt securities of that series when and as the same become due and payable, whether at stated maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise. If a series of debt securities is guaranteed, such series will be guaranteed by all of Copano Energy’s wholly owned subsidiaries other than “minor” subsidiaries (except Copano Finance) as such term is interpreted in securities regulations governing financial reporting for guarantors. The prospectus supplement will describe any limitation on the maximum amount of any particular guarantee and the conditions under which guarantees may be released.

The guarantees will be general obligations of the guarantors. Guarantees of subordinated debt securities will be subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness of the guarantors on the same basis as the subordinated debt securities are subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness of Copano Energy.

Consolidation, Merger or Asset Sale

Each indenture will, in general, allow us to consolidate or merge with or into another domestic entity. It will also allow each issuer to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to another domestic entity. If this happens, the remaining or acquiring entity must assume all of the issuer’s obligations under

28

the indenture, including the payment of all amounts due on the debt securities and performance of the issuer’s covenants in the indenture.

However, each indenture will impose certain requirements with respect to any consolidation or merger with or into an entity, or any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of an issuer’s assets, including:

•  the remaining or acquiring entity must be organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the District of Columbia; provided that, if Copano Finance is a co-issuer, then it may not merge or consolidate with or into another entity other than a corporation satisfying such requirement for so long as Copano Energy is not a corporation;

•  the remaining or acquiring entity must assume the issuer’s obligations under the indenture; and

•  immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default (as defined under “— Events of Default and Remedies” below) may exist.

The remaining or acquiring entity will be substituted for the issuer in the indenture with the same effect as if it had been an original party to the indenture, and, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the assets of an issuer, the issuer will be released from any further obligations under the indenture.

No Protection in the Event of a Change of Control

Unless otherwise set forth in the prospectus supplement, the debt securities will not contain any provisions that protect the holders of the debt securities in the event of a change of control of us or in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, whether or not such transaction results in a change of control of us.

Modification of Indentures

We may supplement or amend an indenture if the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of each series issued under the indenture affected by the supplement or amendment consent to it. Further, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may waive past defaults under the indenture and compliance by us with our covenants with respect to the debt securities of that series only. Those holders may not, however, waive any default in any payment on any debt security of that series or compliance with a provision that cannot be supplemented or amended without the consent of each holder affected. Without the consent of each outstanding debt security affected, no modification of the indenture or waiver may:

•  reduce the percentage in principal amount of debt securities whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

•  reduce the principal of or extend the fixed maturity of any debt security;

•  reduce the premium payable upon redemption or change the time of the redemption of the debt securities;

•  reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any debt security;

•  except as otherwise permitted under the indenture, release any security that may have been granted with respect to the debt securities;

•  make any debt security payable in currency other than that stated in the debt securities;

•  in the case of any subordinated debt security, make any change in the subordination provisions that adversely affects the rights of any holder under those provisions;

•  impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on its debt securities on or after the respective due dates or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment;

•  except as otherwise permitted in the indenture, release any guarantor from its obligations under its guarantee or the indenture or change any guarantee in any manner that would adversely affect the rights of holders; or

29

•  make any change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions (except to increase any percentage set forth therein).

We may supplement or amend an indenture without the consent of any holders of the debt securities in certain circumstances, including:

•  to establish the form or terms of any series of debt securities;

•  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

•  to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

•  to provide for the assumption of an issuer’s obligations to holders of debt securities in the case of a merger or consolidation or disposition of all or substantially all of such issuer’s assets;

•  in the case of any subordinated debt security, to make any change in the subordination provisions that limits or terminates the benefits applicable to any holder of Senior Indebtedness of Copano Energy;

•  to add or release guarantors pursuant to the terms of the indenture;

•  to make any changes that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of debt securities or that do not adversely affect the rights under the indenture of any holder of debt securities;

•  to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Trust Indenture Act”);

•  to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under the indenture of a successor trustee;

•  to add any additional Events of Default; or

•  to secure the debt securitiesand/or the guarantees.

Events of Default and Remedies

Unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement, “Event of Default,” when used in an indenture, will mean any of the following with respect to the debt securities of any series:

•  failure to pay when due the principal of or any premium on any debt security of that series;

•  failure to pay, within 30 days of the due date, interest on any debt security of that series;

•  failure to pay when due any sinking fund payment with respect to any debt securities of that series;

•  failure on the part of the issuers to comply with the covenant described under “— Consolidation, Merger or Asset Sale”;

•  failure to perform any other covenant in the indenture that continues for 60 days after written notice is given to the issuers;

•  certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an issuer or any guarantor of the debt securities of that series (an “insolvency event”);

•  if that series is guaranteed by any subsidiary of Copano Energy, the guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (except as provided in the indenture), is declared null and void or the guarantor disaffirms its guarantee; or

•  any other Event of Default provided under the terms of the debt securities of that series.

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities will not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under an indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default (except in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it considers such withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

30

If an insolvency event occurs with respect to either issuer, the entire principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on, all debt securities then outstanding will be due and payable immediately, without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holders. If any other Event of Default for any series of debt securities occurs and continues, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of the series may declare the entire principal of, and accrued interest on, all the debt securities of that series to be due and payable immediately. If this happens, subject to certain conditions, the holders of a majority in the aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of that series can rescind the declaration.

Other than its duties in case of a default, a trustee is not obligated to exercise any of its rights or powers under either indenture at the request, order or direction of any holders, unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable security or indemnity. If they provide this reasonable security or indemnity, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of any series of debt securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding or any remedy available to the trustee, or exercising any power conferred upon the trustee, for that series of debt securities.

No Limit on Amount of Debt Securities

Neither indenture will limit the amount of debt securities that we may issue, unless we indicate otherwise in a prospectus supplement. Each indenture will allow us to issue debt securities of any series up to the aggregate principal amount that we authorize.

Registration of Notes

We will issue debt securities of a series only in registered form, without coupons, unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement.

Minimum Denominations

Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, the debt securities will be issued only in principal amounts of $1,000 each or integral multiples of $1,000.

No Personal Liability

None of the past, present or future partners, incorporators, managers, members, directors, officers, employees, unitholders or stockholders of either issuer or any guarantor will have any liability for the obligations of the issuers or any guarantors under either indenture or the debt securities or for any claim based on such obligations or their creation. Each holder of debt securities by accepting a debt security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the debt securities. The waiver may not be effective under federal securities laws, however, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Payment and Transfer

The trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar under each indenture. The issuers may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of debt securities, and the issuers or any of their subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

If a holder of debt securities has given wire transfer instructions to the issuers, the issuers will make all payments on the debt securities in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on the debt securities will be made at the corporate trust office of the trustee indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, unless the issuers elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the holders at their addresses set forth in the debt security register.

The trustee and any paying agent will repay to us upon request any funds held by them for payments on the debt securities that remain unclaimed for two years after the date upon which that payment has become due. After payment to us, holders entitled to the money must look to us for payment as general creditors.

31

Exchange, Registration and Transfer

Debt securities of any series will be exchangeable for other debt securities of the same series, the same total principal amount and the same terms but in different authorized denominations in accordance with the indenture. Holders may present debt securities for exchange or registration of transfer at the office of the registrar. The registrar will effect the transfer or exchange when it is satisfied with the documents of title and identity of the person making the request. We will not charge a service charge for any registration of transfer or exchange of the debt securities. We may, however, require the payment of any tax or other governmental charge payable for that registration.

We will not be required to:

•  issue, register the transfer of, or exchange debt securities of a series either during a period of 15 business days prior to the mailing of notice of redemption of the debt securities of that series, or between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date; or

•  register the transfer of or exchange any debt security selected or called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any debt security we are redeeming in part.

Provisions Relating only to the Senior Debt Securities

The senior debt securities will rank equally in right of payment with all of our other senior and unsubordinated debt. The senior debt securities will be effectively subordinated, however, to all of our secured debt to the extent of the value of the collateral for that debt. We will disclose the amount of our secured debt in the prospectus supplement.

Provisions Relating only to the Subordinated Debt Securities

Subordinated Debt Securities Subordinated to Senior Indebtedness

The subordinated debt securities will rank junior in right of payment to all of our Senior Indebtedness. The definitions of “Senior Indebtedness” and “Designated Senior Indebtedness” will be set forth in the prospectus supplement respecting each series of subordinated debt securities. If the subordinated debt securities are guaranteed by any of the subsidiaries of Copano Energy, then the guarantees will be subordinated on like terms.

Payment Blockages

The subordinated indenture will provide that no payment of principal, interest and any premium on the subordinated debt securities (or any related guarantee) may be made in the event:

•  we or our property (or any guarantor or its property) is involved in any liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding;

•  we (or any guarantor) fail to pay the principal, interest, any premium or any other amounts on any of our (or the guarantor’s) Senior Indebtedness within any applicable grace period or the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated following any other default, subject to certain limited exceptions set forth in the subordinated indenture; or

•  any other default on any of our (or any guarantor’s) Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs that permits immediate acceleration of its maturity, in which case a payment blockage on the subordinated debt securities will be imposed for a maximum of 179 days at any one time.

No Limitation on Amount of Senior Debt

The subordinated indenture will not limit the amount of Senior Indebtedness that we or any guarantor may incur, unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement.

32

Book Entry, Delivery and Form

The debt securities of a particular series may be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more global certificates that will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York (“DTC”). This means that we will not issue certificates to each holder, except in the limited circumstances described below. Instead, one or more global debt securities will be issued to DTC, who will keep a computerized record of its participants (for example, your broker) whose clients have purchased the debt securities. The participant will then keep a record of its clients who purchased the debt securities. Unless it is exchanged in whole or in part for a certificated debt security, a global debt security may not be transferred, except that DTC, its nominees and their successors may transfer a global debt security as a whole to one another.

Beneficial interests in global debt securities will be shown on, and transfers of global debt securities will be made only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants.

DTC has provided us the following information:  DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for U.S. andnon-U.S. equity issues, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments that DTC’s participants (“Direct Participants”) deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities, through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include both U.S. andnon-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”). DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. andnon-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”). The DTC Rules applicable to its participants are on file with the SEC.

We will wire all payments on the global debt securities to DTC’s nominee. We and the trustee will treat DTC’s nominee as the owner of the global debt securities for all purposes. Accordingly, we, the trustee and any paying agent will have no direct responsibility or liability to pay amounts due on the global debt securities to owners of beneficial interests in the global debt securities.

It is DTC’s current practice, upon receipt of any payment on the global debt securities, to credit Direct Participants’ accounts on the payment date according to their respective holdings of beneficial interests in the global debt securities as shown on DTC’s records. In addition, it is DTC’s current practice to assign any consenting or voting rights to Direct Participants whose accounts are credited with debt securities on a record date, by using an omnibus proxy. Payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global debt securities, and voting by participants, will be governed by the customary practices between the participants and owners of beneficial interests, as is the case with debt securities held for the account of customers registered in “street name.” However, payments will be the responsibility of the participants and not of DTC, the trustee or us.

Debt securities represented by a global debt security will be exchangeable for certificated debt securities with the same terms in authorized denominations only if:

•  DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary or if DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under applicable law and in either event a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days;

•  an Event of Default occurs and DTC notifies the trustee of its decision to require the debt securities of a series to no longer be represented by a global debt security; or

•  as otherwise specified by us in the prospectus supplement pertaining to such debt securities.

33

Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance

Each indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding debt securities of any series issued thereunder, when:

(a) either:

(1) all outstanding debt securities of that series that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed debt securities that have been replaced or paid and debt securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to us) have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

(2) all outstanding debt securities of that series that have not been delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the trustee and in any case we have irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the trustee as trust funds cash sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness of such debt securities not delivered to the trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of debt securities that have been due and payable) or the stated maturity or redemption date;

(b) we have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by us under the indenture with respect to the debt securities of that series; and

(c) we have delivered an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel to the trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

The debt securities of a particular series will be subject to legal or covenant defeasance to the extent, and upon the terms and conditions, set forth in the prospectus supplement.

Governing Law

Each indenture and all of the debt securities will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

The Trustee

We will enter into the indentures with a trustee that is qualified to act under the Trust Indenture Act and with any other trustees chosen by us and appointed in a supplemental indenture for a particular series of debt securities. Unless we otherwise specify in the applicable prospectus supplement, the initial trustee for each series of debt securities will be U.S. Bank National Association. We may maintain a banking relationship in the ordinary course of business with U.S. Bank National Association and one or more of its affiliates.

Resignation or Removal of Trustee

If the trustee has or acquires a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the trustee must either eliminate its conflicting interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and the applicable indenture. Any resignation will require the appointment of a successor trustee under the applicable indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of such indenture.

The trustee may resign or be removed by us with respect to one or more series of debt securities and a successor trustee may be appointed to act with respect to any such series. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of any series may remove the trustee with respect to the debt securities of such series.

Limitations on Trustee if It Is Our Creditor

Each indenture will contain certain limitations on the right of the trustee, in the event that it becomes a creditor of an issuer or a guarantor, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise.

34

Annual Trustee Report to Holders of Debt Securities

The trustee is required to submit an annual report to the holders of the debt securities regarding, among other things, the trustee’s eligibility to serve as such, the priority of the trustee’s claims regarding certain advances made by it and any action taken by the trustee materially affecting the debt securities.

Certificates and Opinions to Be Furnished to Trustee

Each indenture will provide that, in addition to other certificates or opinions that may be specifically required by other provisions of such indenture, every application by us for action by the trustee must be accompanied by a certificate of certain of our officers and an opinion of counsel (who may be our counsel) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with by us.

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY

Quarterly Distributions of Available Cash

General.  We intend to pay quarterly distributions to our common unitholders of record on the applicable record date within 45 days after the end of each quarter (in February, May, August and November of each year) to the extent we have sufficient available cash, as defined in our limited liability company agreement. We will make distributions of available cash to common unitholders in accordance with their respective percentage interests.

Definition of Available Cash.  Available cash generally means, with respect to any quarter:

•  the sum of (1) all cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of such quarter and (2) all additional cash and cash equivalents on hand with respect to such quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made subsequent to the end of such quarter,less

•  the amount of any cash reserves established by our Board of Directors to (1) provide for the proper conduct of our business (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs) subsequent to such quarter, (2) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which we or any of our subsidiaries are a party or by which we are bound or our assets are subject or (3) provide funds for distributions in respect of any one or more of the next four quarters.

Contractual Restrictions on Our Ability to Distribute Available Cash.  If we are not in compliance with covenants contained in our revolving credit facility or the indentures governing our senior unsecured notes, we will be unable to make distributions of available cash. In addition, if we issue debt securities in the future, then the indenture governing the debt securities will likely contain covenants that limit our ability to make distributions to our unitholders if we fail to comply with such covenants.

Adjustment of Distribution

If we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, we will proportionately adjust:

•  the quarterly distribution; and

•  other amounts calculated on a per unit basis.

For example, if a two-for-one split of the common units should occur, the quarterly distribution would be reduced to 50% of its initial level. We will not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional common units for cash or property.

In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that causes us to become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes, we will reduce the quarterly distribution level for each quarter by multiplying the quarterly distribution by a fraction, the numerator of which is available cash for that quarter and the denominator of which is the sum of

35

available cash for that quarter plus our Board of Directors’ estimate of our aggregate liability for the income taxes payable by reason of that legislation or interpretation. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in subsequent quarters.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

If we dissolve in accordance with our limited liability company agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to our unitholders in accordance with their respective capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any taxable gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.

The allocations of taxable gain upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to allow common unitholders to receive proceeds equal to their unrecovered capital plus the quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs. There may not be sufficient taxable gain upon our liquidation to enable common unitholders to fully recover all of these amounts.

MATERIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

This section is a summary of the material tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel to us, insofar as it relates to United States federal income tax law. This section is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”) and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “us” or “we” are references to Copano Energy, L.L.C. and its operating subsidiaries.

This section does not address all federal income tax matters that affect us or our unitholders. Furthermore, this section focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and has only limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, non-resident aliens or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons, individual retirement accounts (IRAs), real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) or mutual funds. Accordingly, each prospective unitholder is encouraged to consult, and depend on, his own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to him of the ownership or disposition of our common units.

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter that affects us or prospective unitholders. Instead, we will rely on opinions and advice of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. Unlike a ruling, an opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the prices at which our common units trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution to our unitholders and thus will be borne directly or indirectly by the unitholders. Furthermore, the tax treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be retroactively applied.

All statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions set forth below, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of the representations made by us. Statements of fact do not represent opinions of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

36

For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following specific federal income tax issues:

(1) the treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units (please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Treatment of Short Sales”);

(2) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); and

(3) whether our method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election”).

Partnership Status

A limited liability company is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and, therefore, is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax liability. Instead, each unitholder of a partnership is required to take into account his share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his federal income tax liability, even if no cash distributions are made to him. Distributions by a partnership to a unitholder are generally not taxable to the unitholder unless the amount of cash distributed to him is in excess of his adjusted basis in his partnership interests.

Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception, referred to herein as the “Qualifying Income Exception,” exists with respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of “qualifying income.” Qualifying income includes income and gains derived from the processing, transportation and marketing of natural resources, including natural gas and products thereof. Other types of qualifying income include interest (other than from a financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less than 5% of our current gross income does not constitute qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time. Based on and subject to this estimate, the factual representations made by us and a review of the applicable legal authorities, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that more than 90% of our current gross income constitutes qualifying income. The portion of our income that is qualifying income may change from time to time.

No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS, and the IRS has made no determination as to our status or the status of our operating subsidiaries for federal income tax purposes or whether our operations generate “qualifying income” under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. Instead, we will rely on the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. on such matters. It is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. that, based upon the Internal Revenue Code, the Treasury Regulations, published revenue rulings and court decisions and the representations described below, we will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

In rendering its opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied on factual representations made by us, including:

(a) We have not elected nor will we elect to be treated as a corporation; and

(b) For each taxable year, more than 90% of our gross income has been and will be income that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined or will opine is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Internal Revenue Code.

We believe that these representations have been true in the past and expect that these representations will be true in the future.

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery, in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts, we will be treated as if we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock to the

37

unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This deemed contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

If we were treated as an association taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax return rather than being passed through to the unitholders, and our net income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated as either taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in his common units, or taxable capital gain, after the unitholder’s tax basis in his common units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation as a corporation would result in a material reduction in a unitholder’s cash flow and after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial reduction of the value of the units.

The remainder of this section is based on Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion that we will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Unitholder Status

Unitholders who become members of our company will be treated as partners of our company for federal income tax purposes. Also:

(a) assignees who have executed and delivered transfer applications, and are awaiting admission as members, and

(b) unitholders whose common units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their common units will be treated as partners of our company for federal income tax purposes.

As there is no direct or indirect controlling authority addressing the federal tax treatment of assignees of common units who are entitled to execute and deliver transfer applications and thereby become entitled to direct the exercise of attendant rights, but who fail to execute and deliver transfer applications, the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. does not extend to these persons. Furthermore, a purchaser or other transferee of common units who does not execute and deliver a transfer application may not receive some federal income tax information or reports furnished to record holders of common units unless the common units are held in a nominee or street name account and the nominee or broker has executed and delivered a transfer application for those common units.

A beneficial owner of common units whose units have been transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose his status as a partner with respect to those units for federal income tax purposes. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Treatment of Short Sales.”

Income, gain, loss, or deduction would not appear to be reportable by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes would therefore appear to be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the consequences of their status as partners in our company for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

Flow-Through of Taxable Income

We will not pay any federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder will be required to report on his income tax return his share of our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether corresponding cash distributions are received by him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if he has not received a cash distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his allocable share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending with or within his taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.

38

Treatment of Distributions

Distributions made by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to him for federal income tax purposes except to the extent the amount of any such cash distribution exceeds his tax basis in his common units immediately before the distribution. Cash distributions made by us to a unitholder in an amount in excess of his tax basis in his common units generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of those common units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under “— Disposition of Common Units” below. To the extent that cash distributions made by us cause a unitholder’s “at risk” amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he must recapture any losses deducted in previous years. Please read “— Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.”

Any reduction in a unitholder’s share of our liabilities for which no partner bears the economic risk of loss, known as “non-recourse liabilities,” will be treated as a distribution of cash to that unitholder. A decrease in a unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional common units will decrease his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and thus will result in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash, which may constitute a non-pro rata distribution. A non-pro rata distribution of money or property may result in ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless of his tax basis in his common units, if the distribution reduces the unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including depreciation recaptureand/or substantially appreciated “inventory items,” both as defined in Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code, and collectively, “Section 751 Assets.” To that extent, he will be treated as having received his proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed exchange will generally result in the unitholder’s realization of ordinary income. That income will equal the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the unitholder’s tax basis (generally zero) for the share of Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.

Basis of Common Units

A unitholder’s initial tax basis for his common units generally will be the amount he paid for the common units plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis generally will be increased by his share of our income and by any increases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis generally will be decreased, but not below zero, by distributions to him from us, by his share of our losses, by any decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and by his share of our expenditures that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not required to be capitalized. A unitholder will have a share, generally based on his share of profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Limitations on Deductibility of Losses

The deduction by a unitholder of his share of our losses will be limited to the tax basis in his units and, in the case of an individual unitholder or a corporate unitholder, if more than 50% of the value of its stock is owned directly or indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or certain tax-exempt organizations, to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities, if that is less than his tax basis. A unitholder must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause his at-risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction in a later year to the extent that his at-risk amount is subsequently increased, provided such losses do not exceed the unitholder’s tax basis in his units. Upon the taxable disposition of a unit, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at-risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any excess loss above that gain previously suspended by the at risk or basis limitations is no longer utilizable.

In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of his tax basis in his units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable to his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold his units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to the unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment, or any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or other similar arrangement. A unitholder’s at-risk amount will increase or decrease as the tax basis of the unitholder’s units increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities.

39

In addition to the basis and at-risk limitations on the deductibility of losses, the passive loss limitations generally provide that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations are permitted to deduct losses from passive activities, which are generally defined as trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate, only to the extent of the taxpayer’s income from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will only be available to offset our passive income generated in the future and will not be available to offset income from other passive activities or investments, including our investments or investments in other publicly traded partnerships, or salary or active business income. Similarly, a unitholder’s share of our net income may not be offset by any other current or carryover losses from other passive activities, including those attributable to other publicly traded partnerships. Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a unitholder’s share of income we generate may be deducted in full when he disposes of his entire investment in us in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive activity loss rules are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at-risk rules and the basis limitation.

Limitations on Interest Deductions

The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

•  interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment;

•  our interest expense attributable to portfolio income; and

•  the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income.

The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit.

Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment or qualified dividend income. The IRS has indicated that net passive income earned by a publicly traded partnership will be treated as investment income to its unitholders. In addition, the unitholder’s share of our portfolio income will be treated as investment income.

Entity-Level Collections

If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state or local income tax on behalf of any unitholder or any former unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the unitholder on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a unitholder whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend the limited liability company agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under the limited liability company agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual unitholder in which event the unitholder would be required to file a claim in order to obtain a credit or refund.

Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction

In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. If we have a net loss for the entire year, that amount of loss will be allocated to the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts.

40

Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated to account for the difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time of an offering or certain other transactions, referred to in this discussion as “Contributed Property.” The effect of these allocations, referred to as Section 704(c) Allocations, to a unitholder acquiring common units in an offering will be essentially the same as if the tax basis of our assets were equal to their fair market value at the time of such offering. In the event we issue additional common units or engage in certain other transactions in the future, “reverse Section 704(c) Allocations,” similar to the Section 704(c) Allocations described above, will be made to all holders of partnership interests immediately prior to such other transactions to account for the difference between the “book” basis for purposes of maintaining capital accounts and the fair market value of all property held by us at the time of the future transaction. In addition, items of recapture income will be allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to the treatment of that gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by other unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that our operations will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if negative capital accounts nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will be allocated in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the negative balance as quickly as possible.

An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by the Internal Revenue Code to eliminate the difference between a partner’s “book” capital account, credited with the fair market value of Contributed Property, and “tax” capital account, credited with the tax basis of Contributed Property, referred to in this discussion as the “Book-Tax Disparity,” will generally be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has substantial economic effect. In any other case, a partner’s share of an item will be determined on the basis of his interest in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances, including:

•  his relative contributions to us;

•  the interests of all the partners in profits and losses;

•  the interest of all the partners in cash flow; and

•  the rights of all the partners to distributions of capital upon liquidation.

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election” and “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees,” allocations under our limited liability company agreement will be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a unitholder’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.

Treatment of Short Sales

A unitholder whose units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of units may be considered as having disposed of those units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period:

•  any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those units would not be reportable by the unitholder;

•  any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those units would be fully taxable; and

•  all of these distributions would appear to be ordinary income.

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of units; therefore, unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and loaning their units. The IRS has announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please also read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

41

Alternative Minimum Tax

Each unitholder will be required to take into account his distributive share of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. The current minimum tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of alternative minimum taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any additional alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors as to the impact of an investment in our units on their liability for the alternative minimum tax.

Tax Rates

Under current law, the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income of individuals is 35% and the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains (generally, capital gains on certain assets held for more than 12 months) of individuals is 15%. However, absent new legislation extending the current rates, beginning January 1, 2011, the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains of individuals will increase to 39.6% and 20%, respectively. Moreover, these rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

Section 754 Election

We have made the election permitted by Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. That election will generally permit us to adjust a common unit purchaser’s tax basis in our assets (“inside basis”) under Section 743(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to reflect his purchase price. The Section 743(b) adjustment does not apply to a person who purchases common units directly from us, and it belongs only to the purchaser and not to other unitholders. Please also read, however, “— Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” above. For purposes of this discussion, a unitholder’s inside basis in our assets will be considered to have two components: (1) his share of our tax basis in our assets (“common basis”) and (2) his Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.

Where the remedial allocation method is adopted (which we have adopted as to all of our properties), the Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code require a portion of the Section 743(b) adjustment that is attributable to recovery property subject to depreciation under Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code whose book basis is in excess of its tax basis to be depreciated over the remaining cost recovery period for the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity. Under TreasuryRegulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code, rather than cost recovery deductions under Section 168, is generally required to be depreciated using either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance method. If we elect a method other than the remedial method, the depreciation and amortization methods and useful lives associated with the Section 743(b) adjustment, therefore, may differ from the methods and useful lives generally used to depreciate the inside basis in such properties. Under our limited liability company agreement, our Board of Directors is authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of units even if that position is not consistent with these and any other Treasury Regulations. Please read “— Uniformity of Units.”

Although Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as to the validity of this approach because there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on this issue, we intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion asnon-amortizable to the extent attributable to property of which is not amortizable. This method is consistent with the methods employed by other publicly traded partnerships but is arguably inconsistent with TreasuryRegulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets and TreasuryRegulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). To the extent this Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may take a depreciation or amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation or amortization, whether attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable

42

rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our assets. This kind of aggregate approach may result in lower annual depreciation or amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders. Please read “— Uniformity of Units.” A unitholder’s tax basis for his common units is reduced by his share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual’s income tax return) so that any position we take that understates deductions will overstate the common unitholder’s basis in his common units, which may cause the unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such units. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.” The IRS may challenge our position with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to preserve the uniformity of the units. If such a challenge were sustained, the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is higher than the units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a greater amount of depreciation deductions and his share of any gain or loss on a sale of our assets would be less. Conversely, a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his units is lower than those units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value of the units may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by the election. A basis adjustment is required regardless of whether a Section 754 election is made in the case of a transfer of an interest in us if we have a substantial built — in loss immediately after the transfer, or if we distribute property and have a substantial basis reduction. Generally a built — in loss or a basis reduction is substantial if it exceeds $250,000.

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. For example, the allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our assets must be made in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment we allocated to our tangible assets to goodwill instead. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

Tax Treatment of Operations

Accounting Method and Taxable Year

We will use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending within or with his taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of his units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must include his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for his taxable year, with the result that he will be required to include in income for his taxable year his share of more than one year of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization

The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to an offering will be borne by our unitholders as of that time. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation and cost recovery methods that will result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets are placed in service. We may not be entitled to any

43

amortization deductions with respect to certain goodwill or properties held by us at the time of any future offering. Please read “— Uniformity of Units.” Property we subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.

If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure, or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of his interest in us. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

The costs incurred in selling our units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. There are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which we may amortize, and as syndication expenses, which we may not amortize. The underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties

The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values and the initial tax bases of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders might change, and unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

Disposition of Common Units

Recognition of Gain or Loss

Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of units equal to the difference between the amount realized and the unitholder’s tax basis for the units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property he receives plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

Prior distributions from us in excess of cumulative net taxable income for a common unit that decreased a unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit will, in effect, become taxable income if the common unit is sold at a price greater than the unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit, even if the price received is less than his original cost.

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder, other than a “dealer” in units, on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of units held more than twelve months will generally be taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% through December 31, 2010 and 20% thereafter (absent new legislation extending or adjusting the current rate). However, a portion of this gain or loss, which may be substantial, however, will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation recapture or other “unrealized receivables” or “inventory items” that we own. The term “unrealized receivables” includes potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables, inventory items and depreciation recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized on the sale of a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Net capital loss may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000 of ordinary income, in the case of individuals, and may only be used to offset capital gain in the case of corporations.

44

The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s tax basis in his entire interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Internal Revenue Code allow a selling unitholder who can identify common units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the common units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling, a common unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis common units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, may designate specific common units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of common units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of common units. A unitholder considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of common units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult his tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and those Treasury Regulations.

Specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” partnership interest, one in which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:

•  a short sale;

•  an offsetting notional principal contract; or

•  a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees

In general, our taxable income and losses will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month (the “Allocation Date”). However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated among the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Internal Revenue Code and most publicly traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, however, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Existing publicly traded partnerships are entitled to rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations; however, they are not binding on the IRS and are subject to change until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Accordingly, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferee and transferor unitholders. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between

45

transferee and transferor unitholders, as well as among unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.

A unitholder who owns units at any time during a quarter and who disposes of them prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to that quarter but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution.

Notification Requirements

A unitholder who sells any of his units is generally required to notify us in writing of that sale within 30 days after the sale (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the sale). A purchaser of units who purchases units from another unitholder is also generally required to notify us in writing of that purchase within 30 days after the purchase. Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a purchase may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale or exchange through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.

Constructive Termination

We will be considered to have been terminated for tax purposes if there are sales and exchanges that, in the aggregate, constitute 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of measuring whether the 50% threshold is reached, multiple sales of the same unit are counted only once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 will result in our filing two tax returns (and unitholders receiving two Schedules K-1) for one fiscal year, and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all unitholders. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, and a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination. The IRS has announced recently that it plans to issue guidance regarding the treatment of constructive terminations of publicly traded partnerships such as us. Any such guidance may change the application of the rules discussed above and may affect the tax treatment of a unitholder.

Uniformity of Units

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal application of TreasuryRegulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) and TreasuryRegulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election.”

We depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not amortizable, consistent with the Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code, even though that position may be inconsistent with TreasuryRegulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets and TreasuryRegulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election.” To the extent that the Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized

46

Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may adopt a depreciation and amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, whether attributable to a common basis or Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable methods and lives as if they had purchased a direct interest in our property. If this position is adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation and amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some unitholders and risk the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions not taken in the year that these deductions are otherwise allowable. This position will not be adopted if we determine that the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions will have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. If we choose not to utilize this aggregate method, we may use any other reasonable depreciation and amortization method to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any units that would not have a material adverse effect on the unitholders. The IRS may challenge any method of depreciating the Section 743(b) adjustment described in this paragraph. If this challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be affected, and the gain from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, foreign corporations, and other foreign persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a foreign person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our units.

Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. A significant portion of our income allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them.

Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of the ownership of units. As a consequence they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, cash distributions made to foreign unitholders will be subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Each foreign unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on aForm W-8 BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.

In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the United States branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” which are effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Internal Revenue Code.

A foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the foreign unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS, interpreting the scope of “effectively connected income,” a foreign unitholder would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. by virtue of the U.S. activities of the partnership, and part or all of that unitholder’s gain would be effectively connected with that unitholder’s indirect U.S. trade or business. Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a foreign common unitholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a common unit if (i) he owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of our units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period

47

during which such unitholder held the common units or the5-year period ending on the date of disposition. Currently, more than 50% of our assets consist of U.S. real property interests and we do not expect that to change in the foreseeable future. Therefore, foreign unitholders may be subject to federal income tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.

Administrative Matters

Information Returns and Audit Procedures

We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each calendar year, specific tax information, including aSchedule K-1, which describes his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction.

We cannot assure you that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor counsel can assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively affect the value of the units.

The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability and possibly may result in an audit of his own return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.

Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners. The Internal Revenue Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes. We have appointed Copano Partners Trust as our Tax Matters Partner, subject to redetermination by our Board of Directors from time to time.

The Tax Matters Partner has made and will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate.

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

Nominee Reporting

Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

(a) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

(b) whether the beneficial owner is:

(1) a person that is not a United States person,

(2) a foreign government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing, or

48

(3) a tax-exempt entity;

(c) the amount and description of units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

(d) specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are United States persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $50 per failure, up to a maximum of $100,000 per calendar year, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to us.

Accuracy-Related Penalties

An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding that portion.

For individuals a substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000. The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:

(1) for which there is, or was, “substantial authority,” or

(2) as to which there is a reasonable basis and the relevant facts of that position are disclosed on the return.

If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of an “understatement” of income for which no “substantial authority” exists, we must disclose the relevant facts on our return. In addition, we will make a reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply to “tax shelters,” a term that in this context does not appear to include us.

A substantial valuation misstatement exists if (a) the value of any property, or the tax basis of any property, claimed on a tax return is 150% or more of the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation or tax basis, (b) the price for any property or services (or for the use of property) claimed on any such return with respect to any transaction between persons described in Internal Revenue Code Section 482 is 200% or more (or 50% or less) of the amount determined under Section 482 to be the correct amount of such price, or (c) the net Internal Revenue Code Section 482 transfer price adjustment for the taxable year exceeds the lesser of $5 million or 10% of the taxpayer’s gross receipts. No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for a corporation other than an S Corporation or a personal holding company). The penalty is increased to 40% in the event of a gross valuation misstatement. We do not anticipate making any valuation misstatements.

Reportable Transactions

If we were to engage in a “reportable transaction,” we (and possibly you and others) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a “listed transaction” or that it produces certain kinds of losses for partnerships, individuals, S corporations and trusts in excess of $2 million in any single year, or $4 million in any combination of six successive tax years. Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the likelihood that our federal income tax information return

49

(and possibly your tax return) would be audited by the IRS. Please read “— Information Returns and Audit Procedures.”

Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any listed transaction, you may be subject to the following provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004:

•  accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than described above at “— Accuracy-Related Penalties,”

•  for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any resulting tax liability and

•  in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of limitations.

We do not expect to engage in any “reportable transactions.”

State, Local and Other Tax Considerations

In addition to federal income taxes, you will be subject to other taxes, including state and local income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property or in which you are a resident. We currently do business and own property in Texas, Oklahoma, Wyoming, Colorado and Louisiana. Although Texas and Wyoming do not currently impose a personal income tax, Oklahoma, Colorado and Louisiana do, and as we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may do business or own assets in other jurisdictions that impose a personal income tax. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should consider their potential impact on his investment in us. You may not be required to file a return and pay taxes in some states because your income from that state falls below the filing and payment requirement. You will be required, however, to file state income tax returns and to pay state income taxes in many of the states in which we may do business or own property, and you may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. In some states, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and also may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some of the states may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the state. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholder’s income tax liability to the state, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld may be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Entity-Level Collections.” Based on current law and our estimate of our future operations, we anticipate that any amounts required to be withheld will not be material.

It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective unitholder is urged to consult, and depend upon, his tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all state, local and foreign, as well as United States federal tax returns, that may be required of him. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in us.

Tax Consequences of Ownership of Debt Securities

A description of the material federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of debt securities will be set forth on the prospectus supplement relating to the offering of debt securities.

LEGAL MATTERS

In connection with particular offerings of the securities in the future, and if stated in the applicable prospectus supplement, the validity of those securities may be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and for any underwriters or agents by counsel named in the applicable prospectus supplement.

50

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Copano Energy, L.L.C. incorporated in this prospectus by reference from the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the effectiveness of Copano Energy, L.L.C.’s internal control over financial reporting have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Bighorn Gas Gathering, L.L.C. as of December 31, 2007 and for the period from October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, incorporated in this prospectus by reference from Copano Energy, L.L.C.’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors’, as stated in their report, which is incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

51